WO2020001584A1 - Multiplexing method and device for channel state information and hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment - Google Patents

Multiplexing method and device for channel state information and hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020001584A1
WO2020001584A1 PCT/CN2019/093541 CN2019093541W WO2020001584A1 WO 2020001584 A1 WO2020001584 A1 WO 2020001584A1 CN 2019093541 W CN2019093541 W CN 2019093541W WO 2020001584 A1 WO2020001584 A1 WO 2020001584A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
dci
csi
uci
harq
ack
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/093541
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杭海存
王潇涵
葛士斌
毕晓艳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201910253497.0A external-priority patent/CN110661594B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020001584A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020001584A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and a device for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) -acknowledgement (ACK) of channel state information (channel state information, downlink control information, downlink control information, DCI) and transmission (block) Reusing time-frequency resources can improve spectral efficiency to a certain extent.
  • DCI is a dynamic signaling that a transmitting and receiving point (English: transmission point, TRP) sends to a user equipment (UE) in real time through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • the DCI then encapsulates the CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the DCI's TB in uplink control information (uplink control information) (UCI) and sends them to the TRP through the uplink physical control channel (PUCCH) resource.
  • uplink control information uplink control information
  • PUCCH physical control channel
  • the TRP configures multiple PUCCH resource sets (resource sets) for the UE through PUCCH configuration.
  • Each PUCCH resource set contains multiple PUCCH resources.
  • resource set 1 contains 8 to 32.
  • Resource PUCCH resources resource set 2 includes 8 PUCCH resources
  • resource set 3 includes 8 PUCCH resources
  • resource set 4 includes 8 PUCCH resources.
  • the TRP sends a DCI to the UE.
  • the DCI includes a PUCCH resource indicator field.
  • the PUCCH resource indicator field is used to indicate which PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set feeds back UCI.
  • the UE selects a PUCCH resource set from the multiple PUCCH resource sets described above according to the number of UCI bits to be sent, and uses the PUCCH resource indicated by the PUCCH resource indicator on the PUCCH resource set. Send UCI to TRP.
  • the TRP estimates the resource set used by the UE to send UCI according to the expected number of UCI bits, and then detects the UCI on the PUCCH resource specified by the PUCCH resource indicator field on the estimated resource set.
  • a Multi-TRP scenario is proposed.
  • multiple TRPs cooperate and communicate. Therefore, multiple TRPs may each independently send DCI to the UE.
  • how the UE generates HARQ-ACK for TB transmission in DCI is a technical problem that needs to be solved by those skilled in the art.
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a method and a device for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation, so that a first network device can receive a first UCI on a correct resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application discloses a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
  • the terminal generates first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ- for the first CSI and a transport block TB for the first DCI.
  • the first CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information;
  • the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI.
  • the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the method before the terminal generates the first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, the method further includes: the terminal receiving the second DCI and the first DCI, wherein, The reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI.
  • the method further includes:
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
  • the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal receives third downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
  • the terminal generates third uplink control information UCI, where the third UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the second CSI and a transport block TB for the third DCI.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal.
  • the terminal After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package.
  • One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal generates fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the third channel state information CSI and the transport block TB for the primary DCI;
  • the pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI;
  • the association information of the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI is specified in the pre-configuration information of the protocol. Therefore, the terminal may learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the terminal After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI.
  • the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI includes the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource.
  • the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, wherein a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the primary DCI and a HARQ- of the TB of the secondary DCI
  • the ACK reporting timeslots are the same.
  • the fifth UCI when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
  • the method includes:
  • the first network device sends channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
  • first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information where the first UCI includes a mixture of a first CSI and a transmission block TB for the first DCI
  • the automatic retransmission request confirms HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is measured and obtained according to the CSI report configuration information.
  • the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI.
  • the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the method before the first network device receives the first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, the method further includes:
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
  • the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
  • the method includes:
  • the first network device sends third downlink control information DCI to the terminal, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
  • the first network device receives the third uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal, where the third UCI includes second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs, and the third DCI
  • the hybrid automatic retransmission request of the transport block TB of the request confirms HARQ-ACK.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal.
  • the terminal After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package.
  • One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
  • the method includes:
  • the first network device sends primary downlink control information DCI to the terminal;
  • the association information of the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI is specified in the pre-configuration information of the protocol. Therefore, the terminal may learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the terminal After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI.
  • the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource.
  • the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the DCI sent by the second network device is a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, and the primary DCI
  • the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI.
  • the fifth UCI when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, where the CSI reporting configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
  • a processing unit configured to generate first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, wherein the first UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation for the first CSI and a transport block TB for the first DCI HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information;
  • a sending unit configured to send the first UCI to a first network device.
  • the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI.
  • the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second DCI and the first DCI before the processor generates the first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, where The reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI.
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate a second UCI after the receiving unit receives the second DCI and the first DCI, wherein the second UCI includes data for all The HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the second UCI to the second network device.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
  • the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive third downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device, wherein the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
  • a processing unit configured to determine the second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs;
  • the processing unit is further configured to generate a third uplink control information UCI, where the third UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ- for the hybrid CSI of the second CSI and a transport block TB for the third DCI ACK.
  • the third UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ- for the hybrid CSI of the second CSI and a transport block TB for the third DCI ACK.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal.
  • the terminal After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package.
  • One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive primary downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device
  • a processing unit configured to generate fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes third channel state information CSI and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the transmission block TB of the main DCI
  • the pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI;
  • a sending unit configured to send the fifth UCI to the first network device.
  • the pre-configuration information of the protocol specifies the association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the primary DCI. Therefore, the terminal can learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the terminal After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI.
  • the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource.
  • the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, wherein a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the primary DCI and a time slot of the TB of the secondary DCI
  • the HARQ-ACK reporting timeslots are the same.
  • the fifth UCI when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
  • the network device includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send channel state information CSI reporting configuration information to the terminal, where the CSI reporting configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a hybrid of a first CSI and a transmission block TB for the first DCI
  • the automatic retransmission request confirms HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information.
  • the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI.
  • the first network device (that is, the foregoing network device) can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the first network device and send it to the first network device.
  • the size of the UCI so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the terminal to the terminal before the receiving unit receives the first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information.
  • the first DCI wherein a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
  • the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
  • the network device includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send third downlink control information DCI to the terminal, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive third uplink control information UCI sent by a terminal, where the third UCI includes second channel state information CSI to which a reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs, and The hybrid automatic retransmission request of the DCI transport block TB requests confirmation of HARQ-ACK.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device (that is, the foregoing network device) to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal.
  • the terminal After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package.
  • One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first network device, where the first network device includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send primary downlink control information DCI to the terminal
  • a receiving unit configured to receive fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission of third channel state information CSI and a transmission block TB for the primary DCI Request confirmation of HARQ-ACK; the pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI.
  • the pre-configuration information of the protocol specifies the association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the primary DCI. Therefore, the terminal can learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the terminal After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI.
  • the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource.
  • the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the fifth uplink control information UCI to the second network device after the receiving unit receives the fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to the pre-configured information.
  • the third CSI in UCI wherein the DCI sent by the second network device is a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of a TB of the primary DCI and a TB of the secondary DCI The HARQ-ACK reports the same time slot.
  • the fifth UCI when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting channel state information, and the method includes:
  • the terminal receives the fifth downlink control information DCI sent by the first network device, and receives the sixth DCI sent by the second network device, wherein the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the fifth DCI and the sixth DCI
  • the reporting timeslots of HARQ-ACK of the TB are the same;
  • neither the seventh UCI fed back by the terminal to the first network device nor the eighth UCI fed back to the second network device will include the fourth CSI.
  • the fourth CSI is sent to the network side independently of the HARQ-ACK. of. Accordingly, each time the first network device and the second network device receive the UCI, the fourth CSI need not be considered in the process of estimating the UCI bit number, and the first network device and the second network device respectively The estimated UCI bit size is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the fifth downlink control information DCI sent by the first network device and the sixth DCI sent by the second network device, wherein the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the fifth DCI and the The HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the sixth DCI is the same;
  • a sending unit configured to send a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the fifth DCI transmission block TB to the first network device, and send the sixth DCI for the sixth network device to the second network device HARQ-ACK of TB;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the fourth CSI to the first network device or the second network device according to a CSI report configuration of the fourth channel state information CSI.
  • the fourth CSI is sent to the network side independently of the HARQ-ACK. . Accordingly, each time the first network device and the second network device receive the UCI, the fourth CSI need not be considered in the process of estimating the UCI bit number, and the first network device and the second network device respectively The estimated UCI bit size is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores program instructions, and when it is run on a processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, and the first aspect are implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores program instructions, and when it is run on a processor, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, and the first aspect are implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal.
  • the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a receiver, and a transmitter.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions
  • the processor is used to call the program instructions to control the receiver to execute the first instruction.
  • the operation of receiving information in the method described in any one aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and the thirteenth aspect or any possible solution, the processor is further configured to call the program instruction to control the execution of the transmitter.
  • the processor is further configured to call the program instruction to execute the Operations other than sending and receiving information in the methods described in one aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect and the thirteenth aspect, any one aspect of the twenty-second aspect, or any possible solution.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
  • the network device includes a processor, a memory, a receiver, and a transmitter.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions
  • the processor is used to call the program instructions to control the receiver.
  • the processor is further configured to call the program instruction to control transmission
  • the processor performs the operation of sending information in the method described in any one of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the fourteenth aspect, the twenty-fourth aspect, or any possible solution.
  • the processor also uses Sending the information and receiving in the method described by calling the program instruction to perform the method described in any one of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the fourteenth aspect, the twenty-fourth aspect, or any possible solution Operations beyond information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, where the chip includes at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the chip further includes a memory, where the memory, the interface circuit, and the chip At least one processor is interconnected through a line, and the at least one memory stores instructions; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and the thirteenth aspect, and the twentieth aspect are implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, where the chip includes at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory, the interface circuit, and the at least one
  • the processors are interconnected through lines, and the at least one memory stores instructions; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the fourteenth aspect, and the twenty-fourth aspect are implemented The method described in any aspect or any possible solution.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication system.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal and a network device.
  • the terminal is a seventh aspect, an eighth aspect, a ninth aspect, and a seventeenth aspect.
  • the terminal described in any one of the twenty-third aspects or any possible solution, the network equipment is the tenth aspect, any one of the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, the eighteenth aspect, and the twenty-fifth aspect Or any network device described in any possible scenario.
  • the present application provides a method for sending uplink control information, including:
  • the terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
  • the terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the tenth UCI carries the first HARQ-ACK of ten DCI transport blocks TB.
  • the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
  • a method for sending uplink control information includes:
  • the terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
  • the terminal discards the ninth CSI, which is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; sends a tenth UCI, the tenth UCI carrying the HARQ- of the tenth DCI transmission block TB- ACK.
  • the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
  • a method for sending uplink control information includes:
  • the terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
  • the terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carries a ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the configuration information reported by the CSI; the tenth UCI carries the tenth DCI HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB.
  • the ninth UCI is carried on a PUCCH resource selected by the terminal from a PUCCH resource set of a HARQ-ACK configured for transmitting a ninth DCI TB.
  • the present application provides a terminal, which is characterized by including:
  • a transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, where the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the tenth The UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB.
  • the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
  • a terminal includes:
  • a transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
  • a processor configured to discard the ninth CSI, where the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; and the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI;
  • the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB.
  • the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
  • a terminal includes:
  • a transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
  • a processor configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a TB of a ninth DCI;
  • the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and sends a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, so The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
  • the ninth CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information.
  • the present application provides a method for receiving uplink control information, including:
  • the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
  • the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
  • a method for receiving uplink control information includes:
  • the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
  • the PUCCH resources of the ninth CSI overlap with the resources of the PUCCH of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
  • a method for receiving uplink control information includes:
  • the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
  • the tenth UCI carrying a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receiving a ninth UCI on the selected PUCCH resource, the ninth UCI carrying The ninth CSI.
  • the present application provides a network device, including:
  • the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI.
  • a network device includes:
  • the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
  • the transceiver receives the ninth CSI but cannot receive the ninth CSI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI.
  • a network device includes:
  • a processor configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured for a terminal to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a ninth DCI TB;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receives a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, so The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
  • the terminal selects a PUCCH resource from a configured physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set of the HARQ-ACK of the TB that transmits the first DCI, and sends The first UCI.
  • the transmission block TB of the first DCI multiplexed with the CSI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, and the other DCI corresponds to the same downlink control configuration information as the first DCI. Or downlink control parameters, and need feedback at the same time unit. .
  • the first CSI is the downlink control information configuration information of the first DCI or the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the downlink control parameters.
  • at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier of the control resource set CORESET; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes an eighth identifier, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on CORESET.
  • the first DCI is a DCI carried on CORESET identified by the eighth identifier.
  • the terminal sends the third UCI to a first network device, and the terminal sends a HARQ from a TB configured to transmit a third DCI -Select one PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set of the physical uplink control channel of the ACK, and send the third UCI.
  • the transmission of the third DCI multiplexed with the second CSI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the third DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, and the other DCI corresponds to the same downlink control as the third DCI Configuration information or downlink control parameters that need to be fed back at the same time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the fourth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first Four DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be fed back at the same time unit.
  • the second CSI is the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier.
  • at least one of the multiple CSIs is for CSI recovery. CSI after use.
  • the fifth identifier in the TCI determines the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier, and then determines the corresponding DMRS group, and then determines the CSI-RS port group that has a QCL relationship with the DMRS group.
  • the corresponding CSI is called a group of CSI, and a group of CSI can be multiplexed.
  • the terminal selects one PUCCH resource from a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set configured for transmitting HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI, and sends the PUCCH resource.
  • the fifth UCI is described.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the main DCI is the The combined HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, the other DCI and the primary DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be at the same time Unit feedback.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the secondary DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCIs correspond to the secondary DCI.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the fifth DCI multiplexed with CSI is the HARQ-ACK of the fifth DCI TB.
  • the HARQ-ACK after the ACK is combined with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, the other DCI and the fifth DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be fed back at the same time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the sixth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the sixth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first DCI Six DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be fed back at the same time unit.
  • the fourth CSI is the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs.
  • at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource set in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of CSI and HARQ-ACK not overlapping according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of sending and receiving uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of overlapping of CSI and HARQ-ACK according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is another schematic flowchart of sending and receiving uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a wireless communication system 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 200 may work in a licensed frequency band, and may also work in an unlicensed frequency band.
  • the wireless communication system 200 is not limited to a long-term evolution (5TE) system, but may also be a fifth-generation mobile communication technology (5th-Generation, 5G) system, a new wireless technology (New Radio, NR) system, and the like that will evolve in the future.
  • the wireless communication system 200 includes: one or more network devices 201 and one or more terminals 202, where:
  • the network device 201 may perform wireless communication with the terminal 202 through one or more antennas. Each network device 201 may provide communication coverage for a corresponding coverage area 204.
  • the coverage area 204 corresponding to the network device 201 may be divided into a plurality of sectors, where one sector corresponds to a part of the coverage area (not shown).
  • the network device 201 may include: a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station), a wireless transceiver, a basic service set (Basic Service Set, BSS), and an extended service set (Extended Service set, ESS).
  • Node B Node B
  • eNB or eNodeB evolved Node B
  • next-generation Node (BNB) etc.
  • the wireless communication system 200 may include several different types of network devices 201, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, and the like.
  • the network device 201 may apply different wireless technologies, such as a cell wireless access technology, or a W5AN wireless access technology.
  • the terminals 202 may be distributed throughout the wireless communication system 200, and may be stationary or mobile.
  • the terminal 202 may be: a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, a wireless unit, a remote unit, a user agent, a mobile client, a repeater, and a user equipment UE (
  • mobile phones, tablets, etc.) in-vehicle devices (for example, cars, airplanes, ships, etc.), wearable devices (for example, smart watches (such as iWatch, etc.), smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.), smart home devices (such as , Refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electricity meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, and other processing equipment that can be connected to a wireless modem.
  • operations performed on the terminal 202 side may be performed by a processing unit, a receiving unit, and a sending unit in the terminal 202, where the receiving unit is configured to receive information (or a message) during the process. ),
  • the sending unit is used to perform the operation of sending information (or message) in the process, and the processing unit is used to perform operations other than the operations performed by the receiving unit and the sending unit in the process.
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit are controlled by the processing unit, that is, the processing unit may separately control the sending unit to perform the sending operation, and control the receiving unit to perform the receiving operation.
  • the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit in the terminal 202 may be logic modules divided according to functions, or respectively corresponding hardware modules.
  • the structure of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the processing unit, receiving unit, and sending unit are hardware modules, the processing unit may be specifically a processor, the receiving unit may be a receiver, and the sending unit may be a transmitter.
  • the structure of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 4 Show.
  • FIG. 4 shows a terminal 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 400 may include: an input / output module (including an audio input / output module 418, a key input module 416, and a display 420, etc.), and a user interface.
  • an input / output module including an audio input / output module 418, a key input module 416, and a display 420, etc.
  • a user interface 402
  • processors 404 one or more processors 404, a transmitter 406, a receiver 408, a coupler 410, an antenna 414, and a memory 412.
  • FIG. 4 uses the bus as an example. among them:
  • the antenna 414 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy into electromagnetic waves in free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line.
  • the coupler 410 is configured to divide the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 414 into multiple channels and distribute the signals to multiple receivers 408.
  • the transmitter 406 may be configured to perform transmission processing on a signal output by the processor 404.
  • the receiver 408 may be configured to perform reception processing on a mobile communication signal received by the antenna 414.
  • the transmitter 406 and the receiver 408 can be regarded as one wireless modem.
  • the number of the transmitters 406 and the receivers 408 may be one or more.
  • the terminal 400 may further include other communication components, such as a GPS module, a Bluetooth module, a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) module, and the like.
  • the terminal 400 is not limited to the wireless communication signals described above.
  • the terminal 400 may also support other wireless communication signals, such as satellite signals, short-wave signals, and so on.
  • the terminal 400 may also be configured with a wired network interface (such as a 5AN interface) 401 to support wired communication.
  • the input / output module may be used to implement interaction between the terminal 400 and a user / external environment, and may mainly include an audio input / output module 418, a key input module 416, a display 420, and the like. Specifically, the input / output module may further include a camera, a touch screen, a sensor, and the like. The input and output modules are all in communication with the processor 404 through the user interface 402.
  • the memory 412 may be coupled with the processor 404 through a bus or an input / output port, and the memory 412 may also be integrated with the processor 404.
  • the memory 412 is configured to store various software programs and / or multiple sets of instructions.
  • the memory 412 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 412 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as a system), such as an embedded operating system such as ANDROID, IOS, WINDOWS, or 5INU2.
  • the memory 412 may also store a network communication program, which can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminals, and one or more network devices.
  • the memory 412 can also store a user interface program.
  • the user interface program can realistically display the content image of the application program through a graphical operation interface, and receive user control operations on the application program through input controls such as menus, dialog boxes, and buttons. .
  • the memory 412 may be used to store the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided on the terminal 400 side provided by one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by one or more embodiments of this application, please refer to the description of the subsequent method embodiments.
  • the processor 404 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 404 may be used to call a program stored in the memory 412, for example, the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application are implemented on the terminal 400 side. And execute the instructions contained in the program to implement the methods involved in subsequent embodiments.
  • the processor 404 can support: Global System for Global Communications (GS6) (2G) communications, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCD6A) (3G) communications, and Long Term Evolution , 5TE) (4G) communication, and 5G communication and so on.
  • GS6 Global System for Global Communications
  • WCD6A Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • 4G Long Term Evolution
  • 5G communication 5G communication and so on.
  • the processor 404 sends any message or data, it specifically does so by driving or controlling the transmitter 406.
  • the processor 404 when the processor 404 receives any message or data, it specifically does so by driving or controlling the receiver 408. Therefore, the processor 404 can be regarded as a control center that performs transmission or reception, and the transmitter 406 and the receiver 408 are specific performers of the transmission and reception operations.
  • the terminal 400 shown in FIG. 4 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the terminal 400 may further include more or fewer components, which is not limited herein.
  • operations performed on the network device 201 side may be performed by a processing unit, a receiving unit, and a sending unit in the network device 201, where the receiving unit is configured to receive information (or (Speaking message) operation, the sending unit is used to perform the operation of sending information (or message) in the process, and the processing unit is used to perform other operations in the process than the operations performed by the receiving unit and the sending unit.
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit are controlled by the processing unit, that is, the processing unit may separately control the sending unit to perform the sending operation, and control the receiving unit to perform the receiving operation.
  • the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit in the network device 201 may be logical modules divided according to functions, or corresponding hardware modules.
  • the structure of the network device may be as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit are hardware modules, the processing unit may be a processor, the receiving unit may be a receiver, and the sending unit may be a transmitter.
  • the structure of the network device may be as shown in FIG. 6 As shown.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a network device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 600 may include: one or more processors 601, a memory 602, a network interface 603, a transmitter 605, a receiver 606, a coupling ⁇ 607 and antenna 608. These components may be connected through the bus 604 or in other ways, and FIG. 6 uses the connection through the bus as an example. among them:
  • the network interface 603 may be used for the network device 600 to communicate with other communication devices, such as other network devices.
  • the network interface 603 may be a wired interface.
  • the transmitter 605 may be configured to perform transmission processing on a signal output by the processor 601, such as signal modulation.
  • the receiver 606 may be configured to perform receiving processing on a mobile communication signal received by the antenna 608. For example, signal demodulation.
  • the transmitter 605 and the receiver 606 may be considered as a wireless modem.
  • the number of the transmitters 605 and the receivers 606 may each be one or more.
  • the antenna 608 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy in a transmission line into electromagnetic waves in free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in a free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line.
  • the coupler 607 can be used to divide the mobile communication signal into multiple channels and distribute the signals to multiple receivers 606.
  • the memory 602 may be coupled with the processor 601 through a bus 604 or an input / output port, and the memory 602 may also be integrated with the processor 601.
  • the memory 602 is configured to store various software programs and / or multiple sets of instructions.
  • the memory 602 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 602 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as a system), for example, embedded operating systems such as uCOS, VxWorks, and RTLinux.
  • the memory 602 may also store a network communication program, which may be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminals, and one or more network devices.
  • the processor 601 may be used to perform wireless channel management, implement call and communication link establishment and removal, and provide cell switching control for users in the control area.
  • the processor 601 may include: a management / communication module (Administration 6odule / Communication 6odule (A6 / C6)) (a center for voice exchange and information exchange), a basic module (Basic 6odule (B6)) (for completing a call Processing, signaling processing, wireless resource management, wireless link management and circuit maintenance functions), code conversion and submultiplexing unit (Transcoder and Sub6ultiplexer (TCS6)) (used to complete multiplexing demultiplexing and code conversion functions), etc. Wait.
  • a management / communication module administering 6odule / Communication 6odule (A6 / C6)
  • Basic 6odule (B6) for completing a call Processing, signaling processing, wireless resource management, wireless link management and circuit maintenance functions
  • code conversion and submultiplexing unit Transcoder and Sub6ultiplexer (TC
  • the processor 601 may be configured to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 601 may be used to call a program stored in the memory 602, for example, the implementation of the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by one or more embodiments of this application on the network device 600 side Program and execute the instructions contained in the program.
  • the network device 600 shown in FIG. 6 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the network device 600 may further include more or fewer components, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminals described in the following method embodiments may have the structure of the foregoing terminal.
  • Both the first network device and the second network device may have the architecture of the above network device, but the first network device and the second network device There may be differences in the specific operations performed by the network devices, and the specific differences will be reflected in the details described in the subsequent method embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
  • Step S701 The first network device sends a first DCI to the terminal.
  • the DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is referred to as a first DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
  • Step S702 The second network device sends a second DCI to the terminal.
  • the DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is referred to as a second DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI, which is equivalent to the HARQ-ACK of the first DCI and the HARQ- of the second DCI.
  • the ACK is sent to the network side at the same time; of course, the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI and the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI may also be different.
  • Step S703 The terminal receives the first DCI and the second DCI.
  • Step S704 The first network device sends the CSI report configuration information to the terminal.
  • the terminal may measure the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig), and whether the first CSI is reported to be multiplexed with the HARQ-ACK of the first DCI TB time-frequency resource or the second CSI
  • the HARQ-ACK of the DCI TB multiplexes time-frequency resources, which the terminal does not know. Therefore, the corresponding network-side device needs to be informed to the terminal.
  • the network-side device for example, the first network device or the second network device, etc.
  • the network-side device for example, the first network device or the second network device, etc.
  • the configuration information of the downlink control information or downlink control parameters of the first DCI is carried in the CSI report configuration information to indirectly indicate the existence of the first CSI and the first DCI.
  • the CSI report configuration information is sent by another network device (for example, a second network device)
  • the other network device may share the CSI report configuration information with the first network device. Step S704 is described by taking the configuration of sending the CSI report by the first network device as an example.
  • the downlink control information configuration information refers to parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel, and the network device side may send multiple downlink control information configuration information to the terminal through signaling.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may also be referred to as a downlink control information configuration field, a downlink control information information element (IE), and the like.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may be a downlink control channel configuration parameter (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config, PDCCH-Config), a control resource set configuration parameter (Control Resource Sets, CORESET), or a search space (search space) configuration parameter.
  • the PDCCH-Config may include control resources, sets, and search spaces.
  • the parameters included in the PDCCH-Config are used to detect candidate downlink control channels (Physical Downlink Control Channels, PDCCHs).
  • CORESET can be called the control resource set, that is, the time-frequency resources of CORESET, such as the size of the resource block occupied by the frequency domain, the number of symbols occupied by the time domain, etc .; it can also be called the control resource set configuration parameter, which refers to the signaling configuration.
  • the search space may be referred to as a search space configuration parameter, that is, a parameter related to signaling configuration, used to obtain when and in what manner a candidate or possible PDCCH is searched; the search space may also directly refer to a place where a candidate PDCCH is detected, Or where testing is needed.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may also be a downlink control channel configuration parameter group (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config group, PDCCH-Config group), a control resource set configuration parameter group (CORESET group), or a search space configuration parameter group (search space configuration group). ).
  • the downlink control channel configuration parameter group may include one or more downlink control channel configuration parameters or an index number of a downlink control channel configuration parameter;
  • the control resource set configuration parameter group may include one or more control resource set configuration parameters or control resource sets.
  • the index number of the configuration parameter; the search space configuration parameter group may include one or more search space configuration parameters or the index number of the search space configuration parameter.
  • the downlink control parameter is a parameter included in the downlink control information or a parameter related to a parameter included in the downlink control information.
  • the parameter in the downlink control information may be an antenna port or an antenna port index number, and may be a demodulation parameter signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) port parameters.
  • the DMRS port parameter may be a DMRS port, a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code.
  • the relationship between the antenna port index number, the DMRS port, and the antenna port can be: the terminal device can obtain the DMRS port based on the antenna port index number, and then can use the DMRS port to obtain the antenna port.
  • antenna port 1000 + DMRS port in the downlink system
  • antenna port DMRS port in the uplink system.
  • the DCI indicates the antenna port or antenna port index number.
  • the terminal device may also obtain a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code based on the antenna port or antenna port index number.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of a configuration of a PDCCH for carrying a first DCI.
  • the DCI is carried on the PDCCH.
  • the terminal on the network side for example, the first network device, the second network device, etc.
  • PDCCH-Config a PDCCH configuration associated with the DCI.
  • the terminal detects the DCI on the PDCCH.
  • different PDCCHConfigs have different configuration identifiers, and two methods are listed below for illustration.
  • the configuration identifier of the PDCCH-Config associated with the first DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is PDCCH-Config0
  • the configuration identifier of the PDCCH-Config associated with the second DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is PDCCH-Config1
  • the first DCI is carried on the PDCCH specified by PDCCH-Config identified by PDCCH-Config0
  • the second DCI is carried on the PDCCH specified by PDCCH-Config identified by PDCCH-Config1.
  • the first identifier in the embodiment of the present application may be PDCCH-Config0.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a CORESET group for carrying the first DCI.
  • controlResourceSet may form a CORESET group (CORESET group), and the terminal may detect the first DCI and the second DCI respectively in two different CORESET groups.
  • the two different CORESET groups are part of multiple CORESET groups configured for the terminal in advance.
  • the configuration of these multiple CORESET groups (using two groups as an example) can be configured as follows:
  • the network side (for example, the first network device, the second network device, etc.) sends a PDCCH-Config to the terminal.
  • the PDCCH-Config indicates two CORESET groups, so subsequent terminals can blindly detect a maximum of one on each of the two CORESET groups. DCI.
  • These two CORESET groups have at least the following two indication methods:
  • Each CORESET group index can consist of one character or one character string.
  • a CORESET group can be uniquely determined according to any CORESET group index.
  • each CORESET in the CORESET group adds a CORESET group id to mark the CORESET group to which the CORESET belongs.
  • the CORESET group index may consist of one character or one character string.
  • one CORESET group sequence is CORESET group_0
  • the other CORESET group sequence is CORESET group_1.
  • a CORESET group sequence may be composed of some CORESET identifiers.
  • the CORESET group composed of these CORESET groups is a CORESET group uniquely identified by the one CORESET group sequence.
  • the index or sequence of the above CORESET group can be used as the second identifier for easy description, for example:
  • the second identifier may be CORESET group_0.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group for carrying the first DCI.
  • the terminal detects the first DCI and the second DCI in two different search spaces (SS), and the two SSs belong to different SS groups (search space), so the above
  • the first DCI and the second DCI can be regarded as being respectively detected on two different SS groups.
  • Each SS group has its own SS group identifier.
  • the SS group identifier of the SS group is the third identifier.
  • the first DCI is carried on the SS group identified by SS group_0, and the second DCI is carried on the SS group identified by SS group_1.
  • the first identifier in the embodiment of the present application may be SS group_0.
  • the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig) also needs to add the CORESET group ID of the CORESET to which the SS group carrying the first DCI belongs, so that the terminal can
  • the CORESET group identifier and the third identifier uniquely determine the SS group where the first DCI is located.
  • the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig) does not need to include CORESET. Group ID.
  • the downlink control parameter is a fourth identifier of a DMRS group to which the DMRS port included in the first DCI belongs.
  • the first network device and the second network device each use a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) group, and each group includes a number of DMRS port numbers, and the DMRS ports in the same group are quasi co-located (quasi co-location (QCL).
  • DMRS group has its own identifier.
  • the DMRS group identifier of the DMRS group to which the DMRS port number included in the first DCI belongs is referred to as the fourth identifier for the convenience of subsequent description.
  • the downlink control parameter is a sixth identifier configured with a bandwith part (BWP).
  • BWP bandwith part
  • the network side sends multiple BWP configurations to the terminal, and each BWP configuration has an identifier.
  • the identifier of the BWP configuration where the PDCCH configuration information associated with the first DCI is referred to as a sixth identifier is convenient for subsequent description.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier or an eighth identifier for carrying the CORESET of the first DCI, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on the CORESET.
  • the terminal detects the first DCI and the second DCI respectively at two different CORESETs.
  • the two different CORESETs are part of configuring multiple CORESETs for the terminal in advance.
  • the configuration methods of these multiple CORESETs (the two are described as examples) can be as follows:
  • the network side (for example, the first network device, the second network device, etc.) sends the PDCCH-Config to the terminal, and the PDCCH-Config indicates two CORESETs.
  • These two CORESET indication methods exist in at least the following two ways:
  • Each CORESET index or identifier can consist of a character or a character string.
  • CORESET id 0 and the other CORESET index is CORESET.
  • id 1.
  • a CORESET can be uniquely determined according to any CORESET index.
  • the CORESET index may consist of a character or a character string.
  • one CORESET index is CORESET group_0, and the other CORESET index is CORESET group_1.
  • a CORESET ID is added to the CORESET in each CORESET group to mark the CORESET group to which the CORESET belongs.
  • the index of the CORESET can be regarded as the index of the CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group can also be regarded as the index of the CORESET in the group.
  • the above CORESET index or sequence or logo can be used as the seventh logo for easy description, for example:
  • the seventh identifier may be CORESET id_0.
  • one CORESET corresponds to one scrambling code
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes an eighth identifier, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on CORESET; the first DCI is on the CORESET identified by the eighth identifier. Bearer DCI.
  • Step S705 The terminal receives the CSI report configuration information sent by the first network device.
  • the terminal receives the CSI report configuration information sent by other network devices.
  • Step S706 The terminal generates a first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information.
  • the terminal may obtain “downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters” according to the CSI report configuration information, and further determine the first DCI according to the “downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters”. Since the first DCI is determined according to the "downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters" in the CSI report configuration information, the first UCI is then generated based on the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI, That is, the first UCI includes the HARQ-ACK of the first CSI and the TB for the first DCI.
  • there are differences in the processes performed by the terminal in generating the first UCI which are described below by way of example.
  • the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining the PDCCH configuration identified by the first identifier; and the terminal determining the PDCCH configuration identified by the first identifier
  • the identified configuration receives the first DCI; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the first DCI.
  • the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining the CORESET group identified by the second identifier; and the terminal determining The first DCI sent on the identified CORESET group; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the first DCI.
  • the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining an SS group identified by the third identifier; and the terminal determining the identifier identified by the third identifier The first DCI sent on the SS group of the UE; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI.
  • the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining a DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier; and the terminal determining that the DMRS included in the terminal belongs to the first Four identifies the first DCI of the DMRS group identified; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI.
  • the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: determining a BWP configuration identified by a sixth identifier, and then determining PDCCH configuration information included in the BWP configuration, and then determining the PDCCH configuration
  • the DCI carried on the information-configured PDCCH is the above-mentioned first DCI, and the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI.
  • the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determines the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier; and the terminal determines the identifier identified by the seventh identifier The first DCI sent on CORESET; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the first DCI.
  • the terminal determines the CORESET identified by the eighth identifier; the terminal determines the first DCI sent on the CORESET identified by the eighth identifier; and the terminal determines the first DCI based on the first CSI and the The HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI generates a first UCI.
  • the eighth identifier is a scrambling code of CORESET.
  • Step S707 The terminal generates a second UCI.
  • the second network device does not send information similar to the CSI report configuration information like the first network device to indicate that there is an association relationship between the second DCI and the first CSI. Therefore, the second UCI includes information for the second DCI.
  • HARQ-ACK of a TB but does not include the above-mentioned first CSI.
  • Step S708 The terminal sends a first UCI to the first network device.
  • the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the first UCI according to the number of bits of the first UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a first PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the first PUCCH resource set sends the first UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the first DCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the first PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent follow-up. description. After that, the terminal sends the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S709 The terminal sends a second UCI to the second network device.
  • the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource set to use to send the second UCI according to the bit number of the second UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a second PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set sends the second UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the second DCI, and the determined PUCCH resource may be referred to as the second PUCCH resource for convenience Subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S710 The first network device receives the first UCI sent by the terminal.
  • the first network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the first DCI TB, so the first network device
  • the number of bits of the first UCI can be reasonably estimated, so that based on the number of bits of the first UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource set; in addition, because the first PUCCH resource is passed by the first network device
  • the PUCCH resource indicator field of the first DCI indicates to the terminal, so the first network device knows that the terminal will send the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource. Therefore, the first network device will eventually receive (or detect) the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S711 The second network device receives the second UCI sent by the terminal.
  • the second network device since the second network device has not sent the CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the second network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the second DCI but does not include the first CSI.
  • the two network devices can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the second UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the second UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource set; in addition, since the second PUCCH resource is determined by the second
  • the network device indicates to the terminal through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the second DCI, so the second network device knows that the terminal will send the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource. Therefore, the second network device will eventually receive (or detect) the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
  • the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI.
  • the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • FIG. 8 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
  • Step S801 The first network device sends a third DCI to the terminal.
  • the DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is referred to as a third DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication (TCI), where the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port (RSport).
  • TCI transmission configuration indication
  • RSport reference signal port
  • Step S802 The second network device sends a fourth DCI to the terminal.
  • the DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is referred to as a fourth DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the third DCI is the same as the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI, which is equivalent to the HARQ-ACK of the third DCI and the HARQ- of the fourth DCI.
  • ACK is sent to the network side at the same time.
  • the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the third DCI may be different from the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI.
  • Step S803 The terminal receives the third DCI and the fourth DCI.
  • Step S804 The terminal generates a third UCI.
  • the terminal first parses the TCI in the third DCI, and then determines the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier according to the fifth identifier in the TCI, and then determines the fifth identifier to determine the reference signal identified by the fifth identifier.
  • the DMRS group corresponding to the port can be referred to as the DMRS group corresponding to the third DCI; the DMRS group corresponding to the fourth DCI can be determined according to the same principle; RS Which port is the DMRS group with quasi co-location (QCL) relationship.
  • QCL quasi co-location
  • the terminal If the determined DMRS group is the DMRS group corresponding to the third DCI group, then the terminal according to the second CSI and the third DCI The HARQ-ACK of the TB in the eNB generates a third UCI, where the third UCI includes the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the third DCI.
  • Step S805 The terminal generates a fourth UCI.
  • the fourth UCI includes HARQ-ACK for the TB of the fourth DCI, but does not include the second CSI.
  • Step S806 The terminal sends a third UCI to the first network device.
  • the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the third UCI according to the number of bits of the third UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a first PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the first PUCCH resource set sends the third UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the third DCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource can be called the first PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S807 The terminal sends a fourth UCI to the second network device.
  • the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource set to use to send the fourth UCI according to the bit number of the fourth UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a second PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal can also determine which PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set sends the fourth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the fourth DCI, and the determined PUCCH resource can be called the second PUCCH resource for convenience Subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S808 The first network device receives the third UCI sent by the terminal.
  • the first network device adds a fifth identifier to the TCI in the third DCI, the first network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the HARQ-ACK of the second CSI and the TB for the third DCI, Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the third UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the third UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource set; in addition, because the first PUCCH resource is determined by the The first network device indicates to the terminal through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the third DCI, so the first network device knows that the terminal will send the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource. Therefore, the first network device will eventually receive (or detect) the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S809 The second network device receives the fourth UCI sent by the terminal.
  • the second network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the fourth DCI but does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the fourth UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the fourth UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource set; in addition, because the second PUCCH resource is The second network device indicates to the terminal through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the fourth DCI, so the second network device knows that the terminal will send the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource. Therefore, the second network device will eventually receive (or detect) the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal.
  • the terminal After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package.
  • One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI.
  • the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • FIG. 9 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
  • Step S901 The first network device sends a master DCI to the terminal.
  • the primary DCI may also be a DCI containing some or some specific parameters.
  • the secondary DCI may be DCI that does not contain one or more specific parameters.
  • the specific parameters may be carrier indication information (Carrier indication information), partial bandwidth indication information (Bandwidth indication information), rate matching indication information (Rate matching information), zero power channel state information reference signal trigger information (zero power channel-state information) --Reference signal trigger, ZP CSI-RS trigger).
  • Step S902 The second network device sends a secondary DCI to the terminal.
  • the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI, that is, the HARQ-ACK equivalent to the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the secondary DCI are sent to Network side.
  • the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI may be different from the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI.
  • Step S903 The terminal receives the primary DCI and the secondary DCI.
  • Step S904 The terminal generates fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information.
  • the pre-configuration information defines an association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI, so the fifth UCI includes the third channel state information CSI and the primary CSI.
  • the hybrid automatic retransmission request of the DCI transport block TB requests confirmation of HARQ-ACK.
  • Step S905 The terminal generates sixth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information.
  • the sixth UCI includes HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI but does not include the third CSI, because the preset configuration information does not define the HARQ-ACK of the third CSI and the TB of the secondary DCI. The relationship between them.
  • Step S906 The terminal sends a fifth UCI to the first network device.
  • the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the fifth UCI according to the number of bits of the fifth UCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a third PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set sends the fifth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the main DCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the third PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. .
  • the terminal sends the fifth UCI on the third PUCCH resource on the third PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S907 The terminal sends a sixth UCI to the second network device.
  • the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource set to use to send the sixth UCI according to the bit number of the sixth UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a fourth PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal can also determine which PUCCH resource in the fourth PUCCH resource set sends the sixth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the secondary DCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the fourth PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource on the fourth PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S908 The first network device receives the fifth UCI sent by the terminal.
  • the first network device can also learn from the UCI that the terminal feeds back to its own UCI according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the first network device Contains the third CSI and HARQ-ACK for the primary DCI TB, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the fifth UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the fifth UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send on the third PUCCH resource set The fifth UCI; in addition, because the third PUCCH resource is indicated to the terminal by the PUCCH resource indicator field of the primary DCI by the first network device, the first network device knows that the terminal will be at the third PUCCH resource Send the fifth UCI on. Therefore, the first network device will finally receive (or detect) the fifth UCI on the third PUCCH resource on the third PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S909 The second network device receives the sixth UCI sent by the terminal.
  • the second network device since the association information of the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI is specified in the pre-configuration information of the protocol, the second network device knows that the UCI that the terminal feedbacks to it will include the TB for the secondary DCI. HARQ-ACK does not include the third CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the sixth UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the sixth UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource set; In addition, since the fourth PUCCH resource is indicated to the terminal by the second network device through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the secondary DCI, the second network device knows that the terminal will send the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource . Therefore, the second network device will eventually receive (or detect) the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource on the fourth PUCCH resource set.
  • the first network device parses the third CSI in the fifth UCI, and then sends the third CSI to the second network device. Accordingly, the second network device receives the third CSI.
  • the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot.
  • the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple CSIs.
  • the primary DCI may be a primary DCI specified in the protocol in advance (the content specified in the protocol may be known by the first network device and the terminal), or a primary DCI screened out according to a screening rule defined in the protocol ( The first network device and the terminal may filter out the same master DCI based on the filtering rule.
  • the pre-configuration information of the protocol specifies the association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI. Therefore, the terminal can learn that the third CSI and the primary DCI exist according to the pre-configuration information. Associated. After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI.
  • the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource.
  • the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
  • FIG. 10 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1001 The first network device sends a fifth DCI to the terminal.
  • the DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is referred to as a fifth DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
  • Step S1002 The second network device sends a sixth DCI to the terminal.
  • the DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is referred to as a sixth DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fifth DCI is the same as the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the sixth DCI, which is equivalent to the HARQ-ACK of the fifth DCI and the HARQ- of the sixth DCI.
  • ACK needs to be sent to the network side at the same time.
  • the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the fifth DCI may be different from the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the sixth DCI.
  • Step S1003 The terminal receives the fifth DCI and the sixth DCI in the first time slot.
  • Step S1004 The terminal generates a seventh UCI according to the fifth DCI, and generates an eighth UCI according to the sixth DCI.
  • the communication system in which the first network device, the second network device, and the terminal are located can be pre-defined through a protocol, that is, the HARQ-ACK for the DCI TB is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the CSI. Therefore, the terminal is generating a seventh For UCI and eighth UCI, the seventh UCI includes the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the fifth DCI but does not include the fourth CSI, and the eighth UCI includes the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the sixth DCI but does not include the fourth CSI.
  • Step S1005 The terminal sends a seventh UCI to the first network device.
  • the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the seventh UCI according to the number of bits of the seventh UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a fifth PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the fifth PUCCH resource set sends the seventh UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the fifth DCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the fifth PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent follow-up. description.
  • the terminal sends the seventh UCI on the fifth PUCCH resource on the fifth PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S1006 The terminal sends an eighth UCI to the second network device.
  • the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the eighth UCI according to the number of bits of the eighth UCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a sixth PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description.
  • the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the sixth PUCCH resource set sends the eighth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the sixth DCI.
  • the determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the sixth PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the eighth UCI on the sixth PUCCH resource on the sixth PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S1007 The first network device receives the seventh UCI.
  • the first network device can know that the seventh UCI that the terminal will send to itself does not include the fourth CSI according to the protocol, so it can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the seventh UCI, and receive it on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Seventh UCI. That is, the seventh UCI is received on the fifth PUCCH resource on the fifth PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S1008 The second network device receives the eighth UCI.
  • the second network device can know that the eighth UCI that the terminal will send to itself does not include the fourth CSI according to the protocol, so the number of bits of the eighth UCI can be reasonably estimated, so as to receive on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource Eighth UCI. That is, the eighth UCI is received on the sixth PUCCH resource on the sixth PUCCH resource set.
  • Step S1009 The terminal sends the fourth CSI to the first network device or the second network device according to the CSI reporting configuration information of the fourth channel state information CSI.
  • the fourth CSI here refers to CSI that needs to be sent to the network side in the same time slot as the eighth UCI and the seventh UCI.
  • the fourth CSI is not encapsulated in the seventh UCI or the eighth UCI, but is sent by the terminal to the network side, and the resource carrying the fourth CSI is the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig) of the fourth CSI. Configured time-frequency resources.
  • the terminal may send the fourth CSI to the first network device on the network side or the second network device on the network side. Which network device is sent to which network device receives the fourth CSI accordingly.
  • one network device among the first network device and the second network device that has received the fourth CSI may send the fourth CSI to another network device.
  • neither the seventh UCI fed back by the terminal to the first network device nor the eighth UCI fed back to the second network device will include the fourth CSI.
  • the fourth CSI is independent of the HARQ-ACK. Sent to the network side. Accordingly, each time the first network device and the second network device receive the UCI, the fourth CSI need not be considered in the process of estimating the UCI bit number, and the first network device and the second network device respectively The estimated UCI bit size is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal uses the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK configured for the transmission block TB of the first DCI. Select one PUCCH resource in the set, and send the first UCI, where the first UCI includes the first CSI and HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so as to receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • a terminal sets a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set of a HARQ-ACK from a TB that is configured to transmit a third DCI. And selecting a PUCCH resource, and sending the third UCI, the third UCI including the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so as to receive the third UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the embodiment of a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request determination multiplexing method shown in FIG. 9 is similar to this.
  • the terminal sets a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set from the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB configured to the main DCI. And selecting a PUCCH resource to send the fifth UCI, the fifth UCI including the third CSI and the hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for the transport block TB of the primary DCI. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so as to receive the fifth UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal executes the method described in FIG. 10, that is, the HARQ-ACK of the first CSI and the transmission block TB of the first DCI, and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI select their respective PUCCH resources. Send UCI.
  • the terminal multiplexes the first CSI with the overlapping HARQ-ACK , And then send the remaining HARQ-ACK separately. If one of the HARQ-ACKs of the second CSI and the transmission block TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI overlap, the terminal multiplexes the second CSI with the overlapping HARQ-ACK , And then send the remaining HARQ-ACK separately.
  • the embodiment of the method for determining multiplexing of channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request shown in FIG. 7 described above uses a network device to send CSI report configuration information to a terminal, and the CSI report configuration information carries downlink control information.
  • the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of a DCI, and the HARQ-ACK of the TB corresponding to the DCI of the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters are described as an example.
  • the network equipment reports the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the DCI carried in the configuration information by the CSI to instruct the terminal, and according to the downlink control information configuration information of the DCI or the indication of the downlink control parameters, the corresponding CSI and HARQ- ACK is fed back after multiplexing.
  • the presence or absence of downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the DCI is equivalent to an instruction instructing the terminal how to feed back CSI and HARQ-ACK.
  • the following will describe how the terminal will feedback the CSI and HARQ-ACK if the downlink control information configuration information included in the CSI report configuration information or the HARQ-ACK of the TB of which the DCI does not correspond to the DCI.
  • the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI and the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI do not overlap.
  • FIG. 12 a schematic flowchart of an uplink control information sending method and a corresponding receiving method is provided for the present application, including:
  • Step 1200 The network device sends channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal.
  • the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirming HARQ for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter.
  • -ACK downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirming HARQ for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter.
  • the CSI report configuration information may be sent by a ninth network device, or may be sent by another network device.
  • the illustration uses the ninth network device as an example for illustration, and the application is not limited thereto.
  • Step 1201 The terminal receives channel state information and reports configuration information.
  • Step 1202 The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI.
  • the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI
  • the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB.
  • Step 1203 The tenth network device receives the tenth UCI from the terminal, the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and the ninth network device corresponds to the PUCCH corresponding to the ninth CSI. Receive the ninth UCI on the resource.
  • the ninth network device considers that the HARQ-ACKs of the ninth CSI and the tenth DCI transmission block TB do not overlap. Therefore, the ninth UCI is received only on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI, and the tenth network device It is known that the HARQ-ACK of the ninth CSI and the tenth DCI transport block TB does not overlap, and therefore, the ninth UCI is received only on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB.
  • the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI and the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI overlap.
  • Step 1300 The network device sends channel state information to the terminal to report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirming HARQ for a transmission block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter.
  • -ACK the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirming HARQ for a transmission block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter.
  • the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; the CSI report configuration information may be sent by the ninth network device or other network devices, as shown in the figure The description is given by using an example sent by a ninth network device, and the application is not limited thereto.
  • Step 1301 The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the ninth downlink control information DCI.
  • Step 1302 The terminal discards the ninth CSI.
  • the ninth CSI is measured according to the configuration information reported by the CSI.
  • the terminal sends a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ- of the tenth DCI transmission block TB. ACK;
  • Step 1303 The ninth network device receives the ninth CSI but cannot receive the ninth CSI on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI, and the tenth network device receives the tenth UCI from the terminal, and the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB.
  • the ninth network device receives the ninth CSI by default on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI, but since the terminal does not have a HARQ-ACK for the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation for the ninth DCI transmission block TB, it does not have The responding PUCCH resource can pass the ninth CSI on behalf of the terminal, the terminal has discarded the ninth CSI, and the ninth network device cannot receive the ninth CSI.
  • the tenth network device finds that the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters carried by the ninth DCI corresponding to the ninth CSI is different from the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters carried by the tenth DCI, so the tenth network device is only in the tenth
  • the HARQ-ACK is received on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the DCI transport block TB.
  • This application also provides a method, whether the PUCCH resources for the ninth CSI shown in FIG. 11 and the HARC-ACK PUCCH resources of the tenth DCI transmission block TB do not overlap, or for the transmission
  • a method for sending and receiving uplink control information includes:
  • Step 1400 The network device sends channel state information to the terminal to report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI to confirm HARQ. -ACK;
  • the CSI report configuration information may be sent by a ninth network device, or may be sent by another network device.
  • the illustration uses the ninth network device as an example for illustration, and the application is not limited thereto.
  • Step 1401 The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter;
  • Step 1402 The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carrying the ninth CSI, and the tenth UCI carrying a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; wherein the terminal A PUCCH resource selected from a PUCCH resource set configured to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a transport block TB of the ninth DCI, and the ninth UCI is carried on the selected PUCCH resource;
  • Step 1403 The ninth network device selects a PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set of the HARQ-ACK for the ninth DCI transmission block TB configured for the terminal; receives the tenth UCI from the terminal, so The tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB, and receives a ninth UCI on the selected PUCCH resource, and the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
  • both the terminal and the ninth network device are selected from the PUCCH resource set configured for the terminal to transmit the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the ninth DCI according to the method for determining the PUCCH resource of transmitting the HARQ-ACK.
  • the terminal sends the ninth UCI
  • the ninth network device receives the ninth UCI.
  • a way to select a PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set may be to select an appropriate PUCCH resource set according to the UCI bit, and select a fixed n-th PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set.
  • the value of n is a natural number.
  • the terminal may send multiple PUCCHs in each time slot, so the format of UCI supports a form including a long format + a long format in one time slot.
  • the receiver 408 of the transceiver is configured to receive channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
  • the transmitter 406 of the transceiver is configured to send a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI.
  • the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the first Ten UCIs carry the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB.
  • the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
  • the receiver 408 of the transceiver is configured to receive channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
  • the processor 404 is configured to discard the ninth CSI, where the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the transmitter 406 of the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, and the first Ten UCIs carry the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB.
  • the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
  • the receiver 408 of the transceiver is configured to receive channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
  • a processor 404 configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a TB of a ninth DCI;
  • the transmitter 406 of the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and sends a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor.
  • the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
  • the ninth CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information.
  • the transmitter 605 of the transceiver is configured to send channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
  • the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
  • the receiver 606 of the transceiver is further configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receives a ninth on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI UCI.
  • the transmitter 605 of the transceiver is configured to send channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
  • the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
  • the receiver 606 of the transceiver is further configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB.
  • the transmitter 605 of the transceiver is configured to send channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
  • the processor 601 is further configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured for the terminal to transmit the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the ninth DCI;
  • the receiver 606 of the transceiver is configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receives a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the first DCI transmission block TB multiplexed with the first CSI is The HARQ-ACK after the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is merged with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, and the other DCI corresponds to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameter as the first DCI, and Feedback in the same time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the second DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first DCI
  • the two DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
  • the first CSI is the downlink control information configuration information of the first DCI or the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the downlink control parameters.
  • at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
  • the corresponding multiple CSIs are called a set of CSI.
  • the terminal needs to determine the overlap between PUCCH resources in the CSI report configuration information corresponding to a set of CSI.
  • the CSI is sorted according to the priority of the multiplexed CSI from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority and the aforementioned CSI report configuration information include downlink control information configuration information or DCI transmission blocks corresponding to downlink control parameters.
  • TB HARQ-ACK is multiplexed.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCIs are the same as the DCI.
  • the downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and feedback is required at the same time unit.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier of the control resource set CORESET; and the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the third DCI transmission block TB is the HARQ of the third DCI TB.
  • -HARQ-ACK after ACK is merged with HARQ-ACK of TB of other DCI, the other DCI and the third DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the fourth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first
  • the four DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
  • the terminal For the TCI in the third DCI, the terminal needs to judge the fifth identifier in the TCI to determine the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier, and then determine the corresponding DMRS group, and then determine the CSI-RS port group that has a QCL relationship with the DMRS group.
  • the corresponding CSI For a CSI report configuration including a CSI-RS port in the group, the corresponding CSI is called a group of CSI.
  • For a group of CSI first determine the overlap between PUCCH resources. When the PUCCH resource is overlapped, it is necessary to determine the multiplexing between CSI and the corresponding PUCCH resource.
  • the priority is sorted from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority is multiplexed with the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the DCI corresponding to the aforementioned TCI.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the DCI is a HARQ-ACK combined by the terminal for at least one HARQ-ACK to be fed back for the DCI in a time slot.
  • the terminal When the terminal sends the third UCI to the first network device, the terminal selects a PUCCH resource from a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set configured to transmit the HARQ-ACK indicated by the third DCI, and sends the PUCCH resource.
  • the third UCI is described.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the primary DCI is the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI.
  • the HARQ-ACK after being merged with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, the other DCI and the main DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the secondary DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCIs correspond to the secondary DCI.
  • the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters are fed back in the same time unit.
  • the third CSI is the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the primary DCI.
  • at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
  • the terminal needs to determine the PUCCH resources in the CSI reporting configuration information corresponding to multiple CSIs (a group of CSIs).
  • the PUCCH resources are overlapped, it is necessary to determine the multiplexing between the CSIs and the corresponding PUCCH resources.
  • the priority of the CSI after multiplexing is sorted from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority is multiplexed with the HARQ-ACK of the aforementioned transport block TB of the main DCI.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the primary DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the The primary DCI corresponds to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and needs to be fed back at the same time unit.
  • the terminal selects one PUCCH resource from the set of physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources configured to transmit the HARQ-ACK indicated by the fifth DCI, and sends the fifth UCI.
  • the terminal selects one PUCCH resource from the set of physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources configured to transmit the HARQ-ACK indicated by the sixth DCI, and sends the sixth UCI.
  • the terminal selects a PUCCH resource based on the number of UCI bits from the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set of the HARQ-ACK configured to transmit the transmission block TB of the primary DCI , Sending the fifth UCI.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the fifth DCI transmission block TB is the HARQ of the fifth DCI TB.
  • -HARQ-ACK after ACK is merged with HARQ-ACK of TB of other DCI, the other DCI and the fifth DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the sixth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the sixth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first DCI Six DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB is the value of the tenth DCI.
  • the other DCI and the tenth DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit .
  • the ninth CSI is the downlink control information configuration information of the ninth DCI or the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the downlink control parameters.
  • at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
  • the corresponding CSI is called a set of CSI.
  • the terminal needs to determine the overlap between PUCCH resources in the CSI report configuration information corresponding to a set of CSI.
  • the PUCCH resources are overlapped, it is necessary to determine the multiplexing between the CSIs and the corresponding PUCCH resources.
  • the CSI is sorted according to the priority of the multiplexed CSI from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority is reported as the ninth CSI.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier of the control resource set CORESET; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information includes an eighth identifier, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on CORESET.
  • the first DCI is a DCI carried on CORESET identified by the eighth identifier.
  • downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters may be prescribed or fixed by default in the protocol to indicate the terminal.
  • the CORESET ID, PDCCH-Config ID, searchspace ID, or scrambling code identifier are set to a certain fixed value.
  • a total of 3 CORESETs are specified in the protocol, where CORESET0 is used for public DCI, CORESET1 corresponds to a different first network device, CORESET2 corresponds to a second network device, and the CSI transmitted on the PUCCH resource is periodic or semi-static , So you can specify a CORESET.
  • a signaling is first required to notify the terminal to bind the CSI to a certain downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameter, for example, CORESET id is 1, or PDCCH-Config id is 1, etc.
  • the signaling can be It is a separate signaling, which can also be implemented using CSI-report-config or PUCCH-config, and can also be specified through a protocol.
  • the terminal first determines the PUCCH resource locations in the CSI-report-config corresponding to multiple CSIs. According to the overlap between resource locations, when the PUCCH resources are overlapped, the CSI is first multiplexed, and the multiplexing is determined. PUCCH resources corresponding to the subsequent CSI; then, the CSI after multiplexing is sorted according to the priority from high to low.
  • CORESET id 1 in this time unit and there is an associated ACK
  • the CORESET id is 1, and there is no associated ACK, operate according to any one of the foregoing embodiments corresponding to FIG. 11 to FIG. 15.
  • the terminal selects the multiplexing situation by itself.
  • the terminal can choose various multiplexing schemes.
  • the feedback sent to the first network device is the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first CSI and the first DCI
  • the feedback sent to the second network device is the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second CSI and the second DCI.
  • Step 1 If there are multiple CSIs, the terminal first determines whether the PUCCH resources of the first CSI and the second CSI overlap.
  • Step 2 The terminal determines the multiplexing situation between the CSI and the HARQ-ACK (referred to as ACK1) of the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK (referred to as ACK2) of the TB of the second DCI. If there is no overlap between the three, the terminal can send three PUCCHs, each carrying CSI, ACK1, and ACK2.
  • the terminal can send 2 PUCCHs, one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK1, and one PUCCH contains ACK2;
  • the terminal can send two PUCCHs, one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK2, and one PUCCH contains ACK1.
  • the terminal's behavior is specified to send two PUCCHs, one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK1 and one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK2; or the terminal's behavior is specified to send two PUCCH, one containing CSI + ACK1, one PUCCH contains ACK2; or the behavior of the terminal is to send two PUCCHs, one containing ACK1 and one PUCCH containing CSI + ACK2.
  • CSI and ACK1 are on the corresponding PUCCH resources
  • the method of determining the PUCCH resource for transmitting ACK1 is used to determine the PUCCH resource for transmitting CSI + ACK1.
  • the terminal multiplexes CSI and HARQ-ACK according to its own selection, and the network device performs multiple detections on the corresponding resources.
  • the time slot in all embodiments of the present application is only an example of a time unit.
  • the time unit of the present application may also be other units, such as mini time slots, symbols, and so on.
  • All the foregoing embodiments of multiplexing HARQ-ACK and CSI in this application can also be used for multiplexing HARQ-ACK and Scheduling Request (SR) and CSI.
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • CSI-report-config CSI reporting configuration information
  • SchedulingRequestResourceConfig scheduling request resource configuration
  • CORESET id downlink control parameter
  • DCI refers to DCI that activates SPS.
  • the overlap involved in the above embodiments refers to overlapping on time symbols, and may also be overlapping in the frequency domain, or overlapping in time-frequency resources.
  • the HARQ-ACK involved in the above embodiment may be an HARQ-ACK for Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), which may be based on a DCI wireless network temporary identifier (RNTI) identifier, DCI Format or modulation and coding scheme (MCS) table used to determine whether it is HARQ-ACK for eMBB.
  • eMBB Enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • RNTI DCI wireless network temporary identifier
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • a readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions.
  • a device which can be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, or the like
  • a processor calls the readable storage medium
  • the stored computer executes instructions to implement the steps performed by the terminal or the first network device in the method for multiplexing the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation provided in FIG. 7 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 9 or FIG. 10.
  • the aforementioned readable storage medium may include various media that can store program codes, such as a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory, a random access memory, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • a chip is further provided.
  • the chip includes at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the chip may further include a memory; the memory, the interface circuit, and the chip.
  • At least one processor is interconnected through a line, and the at least one memory stores instructions; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the channel state information provided by FIG. 7 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 9 or FIG. Request to confirm the steps performed by the terminal or the first network device in the multiplexing method.
  • a computer program product in another embodiment, includes computer-executable instructions stored in a computer-readable storage medium; at least one processor of the device may be The storage medium reads the computer execution instructions to implement the channel state information provided in FIG. 7 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 and the steps performed by the terminal or the first network device in the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method. .
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, a computer, a server, or a data center Transmission via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes one or more available medium integration.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (Solid State Disk) (SSD)).
  • a magnetic medium such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium such as a DVD
  • a semiconductor medium such as a solid state disk (Solid State Disk) (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application provide a multiplexing method and device for channel state information (CSI) and hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK). The method comprises: a terminal receiving CSI report configuration information, first configuration information of the CSI report configuration information comprising downlink control information (DCI) configuration information or downlink control parameters of first DCI; the terminal generating first uplink control information (UCI) according to the first configuration information of the CSI report configuration information, the first UCI comprising a first CSI and an HARQ-ACK for a transport block (TB) of the first DCI; the first CSI being measured on the basis of the CSI report configuration information; and the terminal sending the first UCI to the first network device. With the embodiments of the present application, the first network device can receive the first UCI on correct resources.

Description

信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法及设备Method and device for multiplexing channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation
本申请要求于2018年6月29日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810713166.6、申请名称为“信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法及设备”以及2019年3月29日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910253497.0、申请名称为“信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the submission of the State Intellectual Property Office of China on June 29, 2018, application number 201810713166.6, and the application name is "Channel State Information and Hybrid Automatic Retransmission Request Confirmation Multiplexing Method and Equipment" and March 29, 2019 The priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China, application number 201910253497.0, and application name "Channel State Information and Hybrid Automatic Retransmission Request Confirmation Multiplexing Method and Device", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法及设备。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and a device for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation.
背景技术Background technique
在未来第五代移动通信技术(5th-Generation,5G)中,系统容量、瞬时峰值速率、频谱效率、小区边缘用户吞吐量以及时延等诸多方面有了更高的要求。信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)与下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)的传输快(transport block,TB)的混合式自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)-确认(ACK)复用时频资源能够在一定程度上提高频谱效率。具体来说,DCI是收发点(英文:transmission receive point,TRP)通过物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)实时发送给用户设备(user equipment,UE)的动态信令,UE在接收到DCI之后将CSI和该DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)中并通过上行物理控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)资源(resource)发送给TRP。该过程中PUCCHresource的选取流程如下:In the future fifth-generation mobile communication technology (5th-Generation, 5G), system capacity, instantaneous peak rate, spectrum efficiency, cell-edge user throughput, and delay have many higher requirements. Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) -acknowledgement (ACK) of channel state information (channel state information, downlink control information, downlink control information, DCI) and transmission (block) Reusing time-frequency resources can improve spectral efficiency to a certain extent. Specifically, DCI is a dynamic signaling that a transmitting and receiving point (English: transmission point, TRP) sends to a user equipment (UE) in real time through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The DCI then encapsulates the CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the DCI's TB in uplink control information (uplink control information) (UCI) and sends them to the TRP through the uplink physical control channel (PUCCH) resource. The selection process of PUCCHresource in this process is as follows:
1、TRP通过PUCCH配置(configure)为UE配置多个PUCCH资源集(resource set),其中,每个PUCCH resource set中包含多个PUCCH resource,如图1所示,资源集1中包含8至32个资源PUCCH resource,资源集2包括8个PUCCH resource,资源集3包括8个PUCCH resource,资源集4包括8个PUCCH resource。1. The TRP configures multiple PUCCH resource sets (resource sets) for the UE through PUCCH configuration. Each PUCCH resource set contains multiple PUCCH resources. As shown in Figure 1, resource set 1 contains 8 to 32. Resource PUCCH resources, resource set 2 includes 8 PUCCH resources, resource set 3 includes 8 PUCCH resources, and resource set 4 includes 8 PUCCH resources.
2、TRP向UE发送DCI,该DCI包括PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域,PUCCH resource indicator域用于指示在PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource反馈UCI。2. The TRP sends a DCI to the UE. The DCI includes a PUCCH resource indicator field. The PUCCH resource indicator field is used to indicate which PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set feeds back UCI.
3、UE根据需要发送的UCI的比特(bit)数从上述多个PUCCH resource set中选择一个PUCCH resource set,并使用该一个PUCCH resource set上该PUCCH resource indicator域指示所指示的那一个PUCCH resource来向TRP发送UCI。3. The UE selects a PUCCH resource set from the multiple PUCCH resource sets described above according to the number of UCI bits to be sent, and uses the PUCCH resource indicated by the PUCCH resource indicator on the PUCCH resource set. Send UCI to TRP.
4、TRP根据预期的UCI的比特数估计UE发送UCI所使用的resource set,然后在预估的resource set上该PUCCH resource indicator域指定的那一个PUCCH resource上检测该UCI。4. The TRP estimates the resource set used by the UE to send UCI according to the expected number of UCI bits, and then detects the UCI on the PUCCH resource specified by the PUCCH resource indicator field on the estimated resource set.
5G中提出了多收发点(Multi-TRP)场景,Multi-TRP场景中存在多个TRP协同 通信,因此可能出现多个TRP各自独立向UE发送DCI。在这种情况下,UE如何生成针对DCI中的传TB的HARQ-ACK是本领域的技术员人需要解决的技术问题。In 5G, a Multi-TRP scenario is proposed. In the Multi-TRP scenario, multiple TRPs cooperate and communicate. Therefore, multiple TRPs may each independently send DCI to the UE. In this case, how the UE generates HARQ-ACK for TB transmission in DCI is a technical problem that needs to be solved by those skilled in the art.
申请内容Application content
本申请实施例公开了信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法及设备,使得第一网络设备能够在正确的资源上接收第一UCI。The embodiment of the present application discloses a method and a device for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation, so that a first network device can receive a first UCI on a correct resource.
第一方面,本申请实施例公开了一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application discloses a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation. The method includes:
终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;The terminal generates first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ- for the first CSI and a transport block TB for the first DCI. ACK; the first CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information;
所述终端向第一网络设备发送所述第一UCI。Sending, by the terminal, the first UCI to a first network device.
在上述方法中,终端根据CSI上报配置信息确定第一CSI与第一DCI存在关联。之后当终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第一CSI和针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据CSI上报配置信息预知针对发送给第一网络设备的UCI中包含第一CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以获知第一CSI与第二DCI不存在关联,因此第二网络设备可以预知发送给第二网络设备的UCI中不包含第一CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第二DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the above method, the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI. In addition, the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI之前,所述方法还包括:所述终端接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。In an optional solution, before the terminal generates the first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, the method further includes: the terminal receiving the second DCI and the first DCI, wherein, The reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述终端接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI之后,所述方法还包括:In another optional solution, after the terminal receives the second DCI and the first DCI, the method further includes:
所述终端生成第二UCI,其中,所述第二UCI包括针对所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK;Generating, by the terminal, a second UCI, where the second UCI includes a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the second DCI;
所述终端向所述第二网络设备发送所述第二UCI。Sending, by the terminal, the second UCI to the second network device.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。In another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation. The method includes:
终端接收第一网络设备发送的第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;The terminal receives third downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
所述终端确定所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI;Determining, by the terminal, the second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs;
所述终端生成第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第二CSI和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。The terminal generates third uplink control information UCI, where the third UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the second CSI and a transport block TB for the third DCI.
在上述方法中,第一网络设备向终端发送的第三DCI的TCI中携带了第五标识,从而向终端明确了第二CSI与第三DCI之间的关联关系。之后终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第二CSI和针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。可以看出,第一网络设备根据自身发送的第三DCI的TCI可以预知针对第三DCI的UCI中包含第二CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对第三DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备根据自身发送的第四DCI的TCI可以预知针对第四DCI的UCI中不包含第二CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第四DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the above method, the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal. After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI. It can be seen that according to the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, according to the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation. The method includes:
终端接收第一网络设备发送的主下行控制信息DCI;Receiving, by the terminal, the primary downlink control information DCI sent by the first network device;
所述终端根据预配置信息生成第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一个UCI中发送;The terminal generates fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the third channel state information CSI and the transport block TB for the primary DCI; The pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI;
所述终端向所述第一网络设备发送所述第五UCI。Sending, by the terminal, the fifth UCI to the first network device.
在上述方法中,协议的预配置信息中规定了第三CSI与针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的关联关系,因此,终端可根据预配置信息获知第三CSI与主DCI存在关联。之后当终端向网络侧反馈针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,终端将第三CSI和针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对主DCI的UCI中包含第三CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对主DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set 和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对辅DCI的UCI中不包含第三CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对辅DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the above method, the association information of the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI is specified in the pre-configuration information of the protocol. Therefore, the terminal may learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information. After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI. In addition, the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI includes the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,还包括:所述终端接收所述主DCI的辅DCI,其中,所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。In an optional solution, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal, a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, wherein a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the primary DCI and a HARQ- of the TB of the secondary DCI The ACK reporting timeslots are the same.
在又一种可选的方案中,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。In another optional solution, when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation. The method includes:
第一网络设备向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;The first network device sends channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。Receiving, by the first network device, first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a mixture of a first CSI and a transmission block TB for the first DCI The automatic retransmission request confirms HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is measured and obtained according to the CSI report configuration information.
在上述方法中,终端根据CSI上报配置信息确定第一CSI与第一DCI存在关联。之后当终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第一CSI和针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据CSI上报配置信息预知针对发送给第一网络设备的UCI中包含第一CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以获知第一CSI与第二DCI不存在关联,因此第二网络设备可以预知发送给第二网络设备的UCI中不包含第一CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第二DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the above method, the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI. In addition, the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI之前,所述方法还包括:In an optional solution, before the first network device receives the first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, the method further includes:
所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。Sending, by the first network device, the first DCI to the terminal, where a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of a TB of the first DCI and a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of a TB of the second DCI the same.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。In another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包 括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation. The method includes:
第一网络设备向终端发送第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;The first network device sends third downlink control information DCI to the terminal, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
第一网络设备接收终端发送的第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI,和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。The first network device receives the third uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal, where the third UCI includes second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs, and the third DCI The hybrid automatic retransmission request of the transport block TB of the request confirms HARQ-ACK.
在上述方法中,第一网络设备向终端发送的第三DCI的TCI中携带了第五标识,从而向终端明确了第二CSI与第三DCI之间的关联关系。之后终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第二CSI和针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。可以看出,第一网络设备根据自身发送的第三DCI的TCI可以预知针对第三DCI的UCI中包含第二CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对第三DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备根据自身发送的第四DCI的TCI可以预知针对第四DCI的UCI中不包含第二CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第四DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the above method, the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal. After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI. It can be seen that according to the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, according to the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法包括:In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for multiplexing channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation. The method includes:
第一网络设备向终端发送主下行控制信息DCI;The first network device sends primary downlink control information DCI to the terminal;
所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一UCI中发送。Receiving, by the first network device, fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission of third channel state information CSI and a transmission block TB for the primary DCI Requesting confirmation of HARQ-ACK; the pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI.
在上述方法中,协议的预配置信息中规定了第三CSI与针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的关联关系,因此,终端可根据预配置信息获知第三CSI与主DCI存在关联。之后当终端向网络侧反馈针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,终端将第三CSI和针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对主DCI的UCI中包含第三CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对主DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对辅DCI的UCI中不包含第三CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对辅DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the above method, the association information of the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI is specified in the pre-configuration information of the protocol. Therefore, the terminal may learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information. After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI. In addition, the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI之后,所述方法还包括:In an optional solution, after the first network device receives the fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to the pre-configured information, the method further includes:
所述第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送所述第五UCI中的所述第三CSI,其中,所述第二网络设备发送的DCI为所述主DCI的辅DCI,所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。Sending, by the first network device, the third CSI in the fifth UCI to a second network device, wherein the DCI sent by the second network device is a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, and the primary DCI The reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI.
在又一种可选的方案中,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。In another optional solution, when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端,该终端包括:In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
接收单元,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;A receiving unit, configured to receive channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, where the CSI reporting configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
处理单元,用于根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;A processing unit, configured to generate first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, wherein the first UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation for the first CSI and a transport block TB for the first DCI HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information;
发送单元,用于向第一网络设备发送所述第一UCI。A sending unit, configured to send the first UCI to a first network device.
可以看出,终端根据CSI上报配置信息确定第一CSI与第一DCI存在关联。之后当终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第一CSI和针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据CSI上报配置信息预知针对发送给第一网络设备的UCI中包含第一CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以获知第一CSI与第二DCI不存在关联,因此第二网络设备可以预知发送给第二网络设备的UCI中不包含第一CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第二DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。It can be seen that the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI. In addition, the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,所述接收单元,还用于在所述处理器根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI之前,接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。In an optional solution, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second DCI and the first DCI before the processor generates the first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, where The reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述处理单元,还用于在所述接收单元接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI之后,生成第二UCI,其中,所述第二UCI包括针对所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK;In yet another optional solution, the processing unit is further configured to generate a second UCI after the receiving unit receives the second DCI and the first DCI, wherein the second UCI includes data for all The HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI;
所述发送单元,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述第二UCI。The sending unit is further configured to send the second UCI to the second network device.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。In another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端,该终端包括:In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
接收单元,用于接收第一网络设备发送的第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;A receiving unit, configured to receive third downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device, wherein the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
处理单元,用于确定所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI;A processing unit, configured to determine the second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs;
所述处理单元,还用于生成第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第二CSI和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。The processing unit is further configured to generate a third uplink control information UCI, where the third UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ- for the hybrid CSI of the second CSI and a transport block TB for the third DCI ACK.
可以看出,第一网络设备向终端发送的第三DCI的TCI中携带了第五标识,从而向终端明确了第二CSI与第三DCI之间的关联关系。之后终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第二CSI和针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。可以看出,第一网络设备根据自身发送的第三DCI的TCI可以预知针对第三DCI的UCI中包含第二CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对第三DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备根据自身发送的第四DCI的TCI可以预知针对第四DCI的UCI中不包含第二CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第四DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。It can be seen that the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal. After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI. It can be seen that according to the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, according to the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端,该终端包括:In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
接收单元,用于接收第一网络设备发送的主下行控制信息DCI;A receiving unit, configured to receive primary downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device;
处理单元,用于根据预配置信息生成第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一个UCI中发送;A processing unit, configured to generate fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes third channel state information CSI and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the transmission block TB of the main DCI The pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI;
发送单元,用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述第五UCI。A sending unit, configured to send the fifth UCI to the first network device.
可以看出,协议的预配置信息中规定了第三CSI与针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的关联关系,因此,终端可根据预配置信息获知第三CSI与主DCI存在关联。之后当终端向网络侧反馈针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,终端将第三CSI和针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对主DCI的UCI中包含第三CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对主DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH  resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对辅DCI的UCI中不包含第三CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对辅DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。It can be seen that the pre-configuration information of the protocol specifies the association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the primary DCI. Therefore, the terminal can learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information. After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI. In addition, the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述主DCI的辅DCI,其中,所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。In an optional solution, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, wherein a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the primary DCI and a time slot of the TB of the secondary DCI The HARQ-ACK reporting timeslots are the same.
在又一种可选的方案中,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。In another optional solution, when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,该网络设备包括:In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device. The network device includes:
发送单元,用于向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;A sending unit, configured to send channel state information CSI reporting configuration information to the terminal, where the CSI reporting configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
接收单元,用于接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。A receiving unit, configured to receive first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a hybrid of a first CSI and a transmission block TB for the first DCI The automatic retransmission request confirms HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information.
可以看出,终端根据CSI上报配置信息确定第一CSI与第一DCI存在关联。之后当终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第一CSI和针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备(即上述网络设备)也可以根据CSI上报配置信息预知针对发送给第一网络设备的UCI中包含第一CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以获知第一CSI与第二DCI不存在关联,因此第二网络设备可以预知发送给第二网络设备的UCI中不包含第一CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第二DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。It can be seen that the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI. In addition, the first network device (that is, the foregoing network device) can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the first network device and send it to the first network device. The size of the UCI so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,所述发送单元,还用于在所述接收单元接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI之前,向所述终端发送所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。In an optional solution, the sending unit is further configured to send the terminal to the terminal before the receiving unit receives the first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information. The first DCI, wherein a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a DCI carried on a PDCCH identified by the first identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。In another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET group identified by the second identifier.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier; wherein, The SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
在又一种可选的方案中,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。In yet another optional solution, the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is an included DMRS port. DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,该网络设备包括:According to an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device. The network device includes:
发送单元,用于向终端发送第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;A sending unit, configured to send third downlink control information DCI to the terminal, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
接收单元,用于接收终端发送的第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI,和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。A receiving unit, configured to receive third uplink control information UCI sent by a terminal, where the third UCI includes second channel state information CSI to which a reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs, and The hybrid automatic retransmission request of the DCI transport block TB requests confirmation of HARQ-ACK.
可以看出,第一网络设备(即上述网络设备)向终端发送的第三DCI的TCI中携带了第五标识,从而向终端明确了第二CSI与第三DCI之间的关联关系。之后终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第二CSI和针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。可以看出,第一网络设备根据自身发送的第三DCI的TCI可以预知针对第三DCI的UCI中包含第二CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对第三DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备根据自身发送的第四DCI的TCI可以预知针对第四DCI的UCI中不包含第二CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第四DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。It can be seen that the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device (that is, the foregoing network device) to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal. After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI. It can be seen that according to the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, according to the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种第一网络设备,该第一网络设备包括:In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a first network device, where the first network device includes:
发送单元,用于向终端发送主下行控制信息DCI;A sending unit, configured to send primary downlink control information DCI to the terminal;
接收单元,用于接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一UCI中发送。A receiving unit, configured to receive fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission of third channel state information CSI and a transmission block TB for the primary DCI Request confirmation of HARQ-ACK; the pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI.
可以看出,协议的预配置信息中规定了第三CSI与针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的关联关系,因此,终端可根据预配置信息获知第三CSI与主DCI存在关联。之后当终端向网络侧反馈针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,终端将第三CSI和针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对主DCI的UCI中包含第三CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对主DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对辅DCI的UCI中不包含第三CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对辅DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。It can be seen that the pre-configuration information of the protocol specifies the association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the primary DCI. Therefore, the terminal can learn that there is an association between the third CSI and the primary DCI according to the pre-configuration information. After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI. In addition, the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
在一种可选的方案中,所述发送单元,还用于在所述接收单元接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI之后,向第二网络设备发送所述第五UCI中的所述第三CSI,其中,所述第二网络设备发送的DCI为所述主DCI的辅DCI,所 述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。In an optional solution, the sending unit is further configured to send the fifth uplink control information UCI to the second network device after the receiving unit receives the fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to the pre-configured information. The third CSI in UCI, wherein the DCI sent by the second network device is a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of a TB of the primary DCI and a TB of the secondary DCI The HARQ-ACK reports the same time slot.
在又一种可选的方案中,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。In another optional solution, when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple primary DCIs. HARQ-ACK of one of the primary DCI transport blocks TB.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道状态信息上报方法,该方法包括:In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting channel state information, and the method includes:
终端接收第一网络设备发送的第五下行控制信息DCI,以及接收第二网络设备发送的第六DCI,其中,所述第五DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同;The terminal receives the fifth downlink control information DCI sent by the first network device, and receives the sixth DCI sent by the second network device, wherein the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the fifth DCI and the sixth DCI The reporting timeslots of HARQ-ACK of the TB are the same;
所述终端向所述第一网络设备发送针对所述第五DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,以及向所述第二网络设备发送针对所述第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK;Sending, by the terminal, the hybrid automatic retransmission request HARQ-ACK for the fifth DCI transmission block TB to the first network device, and sending the TB for the sixth DCI to the second network device HARQ-ACK;
所述终端根据第四信道状态信息CSI的CSI报告配置向所述第一网络设备或者所述第二网络设备发送所述第四CSI。Sending, by the terminal, the fourth CSI to the first network device or the second network device according to a CSI report configuration of the fourth channel state information CSI.
在上述方法中,终端向第一网络设备反馈的第七UCI和向第二网络设备反馈的第八UCI中都不会包含第四CSI,第四CSI是独立于HARQ-ACK单独发送到网络侧的。相应地,第一网络设备和第二网络设备每次在接收到UCI时,在预估UCI的比特数的过程中都不需要考虑第四CSI,第一网络设备和第二网络设备各自根据预估的UCI的比特数大小在正确得PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收UCI。In the above method, neither the seventh UCI fed back by the terminal to the first network device nor the eighth UCI fed back to the second network device will include the fourth CSI. The fourth CSI is sent to the network side independently of the HARQ-ACK. of. Accordingly, each time the first network device and the second network device receive the UCI, the fourth CSI need not be considered in the process of estimating the UCI bit number, and the first network device and the second network device respectively The estimated UCI bit size is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端,该终端包括:In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, where the terminal includes:
接收单元,用于接收第一网络设备发送的第五下行控制信息DCI,以及接收第二网络设备发送的第六DCI,其中,所述第五DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同;The receiving unit is configured to receive the fifth downlink control information DCI sent by the first network device and the sixth DCI sent by the second network device, wherein the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the fifth DCI and the The HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the sixth DCI is the same;
发送单元,用于向所述第一网络设备发送针对所述第五DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,以及向所述第二网络设备发送针对所述第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK;A sending unit, configured to send a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the fifth DCI transmission block TB to the first network device, and send the sixth DCI for the sixth network device to the second network device HARQ-ACK of TB;
所述发送单元,还用于根据第四信道状态信息CSI的CSI报告配置向所述第一网络设备或者所述第二网络设备发送所述第四CSI。The sending unit is further configured to send the fourth CSI to the first network device or the second network device according to a CSI report configuration of the fourth channel state information CSI.
可以看出,终端向第一网络设备反馈的第七UCI和向第二网络设备反馈的第八UCI中都不会包含第四CSI,第四CSI是独立于HARQ-ACK单独发送到网络侧的。相应地,第一网络设备和第二网络设备每次在接收到UCI时,在预估UCI的比特数的过程中都不需要考虑第四CSI,第一网络设备和第二网络设备各自根据预估的UCI的比特数大小在正确得PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收UCI。It can be seen that neither the seventh UCI fed back by the terminal to the first network device nor the eighth UCI fed back to the second network device will include the fourth CSI. The fourth CSI is sent to the network side independently of the HARQ-ACK. . Accordingly, each time the first network device and the second network device receive the UCI, the fourth CSI need not be considered in the process of estimating the UCI bit number, and the first network device and the second network device respectively The estimated UCI bit size is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令,当其在处理器上运行时,实现第一方面、第二方面、第三方面和第十三方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores program instructions, and when it is run on a processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, and the first aspect are implemented. The method described in any one of the three aspects and the thirteenth aspect or any possible solution.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令,当其在处理器上运行时,实现第四方面、第五方面、第六方面和第十十四方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores program instructions, and when it is run on a processor, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, and the first aspect are implemented. The method described in any one of the six aspects and the fourteenth aspect or any possible solution.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端,该终端包括处理器、存储器、接收器和发射器,其中,存储器用于存储程序指令,处理器用于调用该程序指令来控制接收器执行第一方面、第二方面、第三方面和第十三方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法中的接收信息的操作,处理器还用于调用该程序指令来控制发射器执行第一方面、第二方面、第三方面和第十三方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法中的发送信息的操作,该处理器还用于调用该程序指令来执行第一方面、第二方面、第三方面和第十三方面、第二十二方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法中的除发送信息和接收信息之外的操作。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal. The terminal includes a processor, a memory, a receiver, and a transmitter. The memory is used to store program instructions, and the processor is used to call the program instructions to control the receiver to execute the first instruction. The operation of receiving information in the method described in any one aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and the thirteenth aspect or any possible solution, the processor is further configured to call the program instruction to control the execution of the transmitter. The operation of sending information in the method described in any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and the thirteenth aspect or any possible solution, the processor is further configured to call the program instruction to execute the Operations other than sending and receiving information in the methods described in one aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect and the thirteenth aspect, any one aspect of the twenty-second aspect, or any possible solution.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,该网络设备包括处理器、存储器、接收器和发射器,其中,存储器用于存储程序指令,处理器用于调用该程序指令来控制接收器执行第四方面、第五方面、第六方面和第十四方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法中的接收信息的操作,处理器还用于调用该程序指令来控制发射器执行第四方面、第五方面、第六方面和第十四方面、第二十四方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法中的发送信息的操作,该处理器还用于调用该程序指令来执行第四方面、第五方面、第六方面和第十四方面、第二十四方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法中的除发送信息和接收信息之外的操作。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device. The network device includes a processor, a memory, a receiver, and a transmitter. The memory is used to store program instructions, and the processor is used to call the program instructions to control the receiver. Performing the operation of receiving information in the method described in any one of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the fourteenth aspect or any possible solution, and the processor is further configured to call the program instruction to control transmission The processor performs the operation of sending information in the method described in any one of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the fourteenth aspect, the twenty-fourth aspect, or any possible solution. The processor also uses Sending the information and receiving in the method described by calling the program instruction to perform the method described in any one of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the fourteenth aspect, the twenty-fourth aspect, or any possible solution Operations beyond information.
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,可选的,所述芯片还包括存储器,其中,所述存储器、所述接口电路和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述至少一个存储器中存储有指令;所述指令被所述处理器执行时,实现第一方面、第二方面、第三方面和第十三方面、第二十三方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, where the chip includes at least one processor and an interface circuit. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, where the memory, the interface circuit, and the chip At least one processor is interconnected through a line, and the at least one memory stores instructions; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and the thirteenth aspect, and the twentieth aspect are implemented. The method described in any one of the three aspects or any possible solution.
第二十方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,可选的,所述芯片还包括存储器,所述存储器、所述接口电路和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述至少一个存储器中存储有指令;所述指令被所述处理器执行时,实现第四方面、第五方面、第六方面和第十四方面、第二十四方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的方法。In a twentieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, where the chip includes at least one processor and an interface circuit. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory, the interface circuit, and the at least one The processors are interconnected through lines, and the at least one memory stores instructions; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the fourteenth aspect, and the twenty-fourth aspect are implemented The method described in any aspect or any possible solution.
第二十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信系统,该无线通信系统包括终端和网络设备,其中,该终端为第七方面、第八方面、第九方面和第十七方面、第二十三方面中任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的终端,该网络设备为第十方面,第十一方面、第十二方面、第十八方面、第二十五方面任一方面或任一可能的方案所描述的网络设备。In a twenty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication system. The wireless communication system includes a terminal and a network device. The terminal is a seventh aspect, an eighth aspect, a ninth aspect, and a seventeenth aspect. The terminal described in any one of the twenty-third aspects or any possible solution, the network equipment is the tenth aspect, any one of the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, the eighteenth aspect, and the twenty-fifth aspect Or any network device described in any possible scenario.
第二十二方面,本申请提供一种上行控制信息发送方法,包括:In a twenty-second aspect, the present application provides a method for sending uplink control information, including:
终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
所述终端发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the tenth UCI carries the first HARQ-ACK of ten DCI transport blocks TB. The PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
或者,一种上行控制信息发送方法,包括:Alternatively, a method for sending uplink control information includes:
终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
所述终端丢弃所述第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠。The terminal discards the ninth CSI, which is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; sends a tenth UCI, the tenth UCI carrying the HARQ- of the tenth DCI transmission block TB- ACK. The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
或者,一种上行控制信息发送方法,包括:Alternatively, a method for sending uplink control information includes:
终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
所述终端发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carries a ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the configuration information reported by the CSI; the tenth UCI carries the tenth DCI HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB.
其中,所述第九UCI承载在所述终端从被配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源上。The ninth UCI is carried on a PUCCH resource selected by the terminal from a PUCCH resource set of a HARQ-ACK configured for transmitting a ninth DCI TB.
第二十三方面,本申请提供一种终端,其特征在于,包括:In a twenty-third aspect, the present application provides a terminal, which is characterized by including:
收发器,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
所述收发器,还用于发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。The transceiver is further configured to send a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, where the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the tenth The UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB. The PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
或者,一种终端,包括:Alternatively, a terminal includes:
收发器,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
处理器,用于丢弃所述第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述收发器,还用于发送第十UCI;A processor configured to discard the ninth CSI, where the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; and the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI;
所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠。The tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB. The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
或者,一种终端,包括:Alternatively, a terminal includes:
收发器,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
处理器,用于从被配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;A processor, configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a TB of a ninth DCI;
所述收发器,还用于发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述处理器选择的PUCCH资源上发送第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI。所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。The transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and sends a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, so The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI. The ninth CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information.
第二十四方面,本申请提供一种上行控制信息的接收方法,包括:In a twenty-fourth aspect, the present application provides a method for receiving uplink control information, including:
向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Sending the channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠;The PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI。Receiving a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI.
或者,一种上行控制信息接收方法,包括:Alternatively, a method for receiving uplink control information includes:
向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Sending the channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的资源重叠;The PUCCH resources of the ninth CSI overlap with the resources of the PUCCH of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收所述第九CSI但接收不到所述第九CSI。Receiving the ninth CSI on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI but not receiving the ninth CSI.
或者,一种上行控制信息的接收方法,包括:Alternatively, a method for receiving uplink control information includes:
向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Sending the channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
从给所述终端配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;One PUCCH resource selected from a PUCCH resource set configured for the terminal to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a TB of a ninth DCI;
接收来自所述终端的第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述选择的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI。Receiving a tenth UCI from the terminal, the tenth UCI carrying a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receiving a ninth UCI on the selected PUCCH resource, the ninth UCI carrying The ninth CSI.
第二十五方面,本申请提供一种网络设备,包括:In a twenty-fifth aspect, the present application provides a network device, including:
收发器,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for sending channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to a downlink control parameter ;
第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠;The PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
所述收发器,还用于在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI。The transceiver is further configured to receive a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI.
或者,一种网络设备,包括:Alternatively, a network device includes:
收发器,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for sending channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to a downlink control parameter ;
传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠;The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
所述收发器,在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收所述第九CSI但接收不到第九CSI。The transceiver receives the ninth CSI but cannot receive the ninth CSI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI.
或者,一种网络设备,包括:Alternatively, a network device includes:
收发器,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for sending channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to a downlink control parameter ;
处理器,用于从给终端配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;A processor, configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured for a terminal to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a ninth DCI TB;
所述收发器,还用于接收第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述处理器选择的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI。The transceiver is further configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receives a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, so The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
在前述第一方面提供的方法,以及第七方面提供的终端中,所述终端从被配置的传输第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第一UCI。In the method provided in the foregoing first aspect, and the terminal provided in the seventh aspect, the terminal selects a PUCCH resource from a configured physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set of the HARQ-ACK of the TB that transmits the first DCI, and sends The first UCI.
在前述第一方面提供的方法,第四方面提供的方法,以及第七方面提供的终端中,第十方面提供的网络设备中,与所述CSI复用的所述第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第一DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。。In the method provided in the foregoing first aspect, the method provided in the fourth aspect, and the terminal provided in the seventh aspect, in the network device provided by the tenth aspect, the transmission block TB of the first DCI multiplexed with the CSI The HARQ-ACK is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, and the other DCI corresponds to the same downlink control configuration information as the first DCI. Or downlink control parameters, and need feedback at the same time unit. .
其中,所述第一CSI为所述第一DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数对应的多个CSI中优先级最高的CSI,可选的,所述多个CSI中的至少一个CSI为进行CSI复用后的CSI。The first CSI is the downlink control information configuration information of the first DCI or the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the downlink control parameters. Optionally, at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
其中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET的第七标识;所述第一DCI为所述第七标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。The downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier of the control resource set CORESET; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier.
其中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括第八标识,所述第八标识是CORESET上的扰码;所述第一DCI为所述第八标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。The downlink control information configuration information includes an eighth identifier, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on CORESET. The first DCI is a DCI carried on CORESET identified by the eighth identifier.
在前述第二方面提供的方法,以及第八方面提供的终端中,所述终端向第一网络设备发送所述第三UCI,所述终端从被配置的用于传输第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第三UCI。In the method provided in the foregoing second aspect, and the terminal provided in the eighth aspect, the terminal sends the third UCI to a first network device, and the terminal sends a HARQ from a TB configured to transmit a third DCI -Select one PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set of the physical uplink control channel of the ACK, and send the third UCI.
在前述第二方面提供的方法,第五方面提供的方法,以及第八方面提供的终端,第十一方面提供的网络设备中,与所述第二CSI复用的所述第三DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第三DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。所述第四DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第四DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。In the method provided in the foregoing second aspect, the method provided in the fifth aspect, and the terminal provided in the eighth aspect, and the network device provided in the eleventh aspect, the transmission of the third DCI multiplexed with the second CSI The HARQ-ACK of the block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the third DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, and the other DCI corresponds to the same downlink control as the third DCI Configuration information or downlink control parameters that need to be fed back at the same time unit. The HARQ-ACK of the fourth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first Four DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be fed back at the same time unit.
其中,所述第二CSI为所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所对应的多个CSI中优先级最高的CSI,可选的,所述多个CSI中的至少一个CSI为进行CSI复用后的CSI。The second CSI is the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier. Optionally, at least one of the multiple CSIs is for CSI recovery. CSI after use.
其中,TCI中的第五标识确定第五标识所标识的参考信号端口,进而确定对应的DMRS组,进而确定与DMRS组具有QCL关系的CSI-RS端口组,对包含该CSI-RS端口组中CSI-RS端口的CSI上报配置而言,其对应的CSI叫做一组CSI,一组CSI可以进行复用。The fifth identifier in the TCI determines the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier, and then determines the corresponding DMRS group, and then determines the CSI-RS port group that has a QCL relationship with the DMRS group. In terms of CSI reporting configuration of a CSI-RS port, the corresponding CSI is called a group of CSI, and a group of CSI can be multiplexed.
在前述第三方面提供的方法,以及第九方面提供的终端中,终端从被配置的用于传输主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第五UCI。In the method provided in the foregoing third aspect, and the terminal provided in the ninth aspect, the terminal selects one PUCCH resource from a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set configured for transmitting HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI, and sends the PUCCH resource. The fifth UCI is described.
在前述第三方面提供的方法,第六方面提供的方法,以及第九方面提供的终端,第十二方面提供的网络设备中,所述主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述主DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。所述辅DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述辅DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。In the method provided by the third aspect, the method provided by the sixth aspect, and the terminal provided by the ninth aspect, and the network device provided by the twelfth aspect, the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the main DCI is the The combined HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, the other DCI and the primary DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be at the same time Unit feedback. The HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the secondary DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCIs correspond to the secondary DCI. The same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and needs to be fed back at the same time unit.
在前述第十三方面提供的方法,以及第十四方面提供的终端中,所述与CSI复用的第五DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第五DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第五DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。所述第六DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第六DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。In the method provided in the thirteenth aspect, and the terminal provided in the fourteenth aspect, the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the fifth DCI multiplexed with CSI is the HARQ-ACK of the fifth DCI TB. The HARQ-ACK after the ACK is combined with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, the other DCI and the fifth DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be fed back at the same time unit. The HARQ-ACK of the sixth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the sixth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first DCI Six DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and need to be fed back at the same time unit.
其中,所述第四CSI为所述多个CSI中优先级最高的CSI,可选的,所述多个CSI中的至少一个CSI为进行CSI复用后的CSI。The fourth CSI is the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs. Optionally, at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
以下对本申请实施例用到的附图进行介绍。The drawings used in the embodiments of the present application are described below.
图1是现有技术中的一种资源集的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource set in the prior art; FIG.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种CSI与HARQ-ACK复用方法的流程示意图;7 is a schematic flowchart of a CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种CSI与HARQ-ACK复用方法的流程示意图;8 is a schematic flowchart of another CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种CSI与HARQ-ACK复用方法的流程示意图;9 is a schematic flowchart of another CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种CSI与HARQ-ACK复用方法的流程示意图;10 is a schematic flowchart of another CSI and HARQ-ACK multiplexing method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例的CSI和HARQ-ACK不重叠的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of CSI and HARQ-ACK not overlapping according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图12是本申请实施例提供的上行控制信息发送和接收的流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of sending and receiving uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图13是本申请实施例CSI和HARQ-ACK重叠的示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of overlapping of CSI and HARQ-ACK according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图14是本申请实施例提供的上行控制信息发送和接收的又一流程示意图;14 is another schematic flowchart of sending and receiving uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的上行控制信息发送和接收的又一流程示意图。FIG. 15 is another schematic flowchart of sending and receiving uplink control information according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。The following describes the embodiments of the present application with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
请参见图2,图2示出了本申请实施例涉及的无线通信系统200。无线通信系统200可工作在授权频段,也可工作在非授权频段。无线通信系统200不限于长期演进(5ong Term Evolution,5TE)系统,还可以是未来演进的第五代移动通信技术(5th-Generation,5G)系统、新无线技术(New Radio,NR)系统等。如图2所示,无线通信系统200包括:一个或多个网络设备201,一个或多个终端202,其中:Please refer to FIG. 2, which illustrates a wireless communication system 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication system 200 may work in a licensed frequency band, and may also work in an unlicensed frequency band. The wireless communication system 200 is not limited to a long-term evolution (5TE) system, but may also be a fifth-generation mobile communication technology (5th-Generation, 5G) system, a new wireless technology (New Radio, NR) system, and the like that will evolve in the future. As shown in FIG. 2, the wireless communication system 200 includes: one or more network devices 201 and one or more terminals 202, where:
网络设备201可以通过一个或多个天线来和终端202进行无线通信。各个网络设备201均可以为各自对应的覆盖范围204提供通信覆盖。网络设备201对应的覆盖范围204可以被划分为多个扇区(sector),其中,一个扇区对应一部分覆盖范围(未示出)。在本申请实施例中,网络设备201可以包括:基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station),无线收发器,一个基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS),一个扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS),节点B(Node B),演进的节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB或者eNodeB),或下一代节点(next-generation Node B,gNB)等等。无线通信系统200可以包括几种不同类型的网络设备201,例如宏基站(macro base station)、微基站(micro base station)等。网络设备201可以应用不同的无线技术,例如小区无线接入技术,或者W5AN无线接入技术。The network device 201 may perform wireless communication with the terminal 202 through one or more antennas. Each network device 201 may provide communication coverage for a corresponding coverage area 204. The coverage area 204 corresponding to the network device 201 may be divided into a plurality of sectors, where one sector corresponds to a part of the coverage area (not shown). In the embodiment of the present application, the network device 201 may include: a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station), a wireless transceiver, a basic service set (Basic Service Set, BSS), and an extended service set (Extended Service set, ESS). Node B (Node B), evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB), or next-generation Node (BNB), etc. The wireless communication system 200 may include several different types of network devices 201, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, and the like. The network device 201 may apply different wireless technologies, such as a cell wireless access technology, or a W5AN wireless access technology.
终端202可以分布在整个无线通信系统200中,可以是静止的,也可以是移动的。在本申请实施例中,终端202可以为:移动设备、移动台(mobile station)、移动单元(mobile unit)、无线单元、远程单元、用户代理、移动客户端、中继器、用户设备UE(例如,手机、平板电脑等)、车载设备(例如,汽车、飞机、船舶等)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表(如iWatch等)、智能手环、计步器等)、智能家居设备(例如,冰箱、电视、空调、电表等)、智能机器人、车间设备、以及其他能够连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。The terminals 202 may be distributed throughout the wireless communication system 200, and may be stationary or mobile. In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal 202 may be: a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, a wireless unit, a remote unit, a user agent, a mobile client, a repeater, and a user equipment UE ( For example, mobile phones, tablets, etc.), in-vehicle devices (for example, cars, airplanes, ships, etc.), wearable devices (for example, smart watches (such as iWatch, etc.), smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.), smart home devices (such as , Refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electricity meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, and other processing equipment that can be connected to a wireless modem.
终端202与网络设备201通信的过程中,终端202侧执行的操作可以由终端202中的处理单元、接收单元和发送单元来执行,其中,接收单元用于执行该过程中接收信息(或者说消息)的操作,发送单元用于执行该过程中发送信息(或者说消息)的操作,处理单元用于执行该过程中除接收单元和发送单元所执行的操作之外的其他操作。可选的,发送单元和接收单元受处理单元控制,即处理单元可以分别控制发送单元执行发送的操作,控制接收单元执行接收的操作。另外,终端202中的处理单元、接收单元和发送单元可以分别为按照功能划分的逻辑模块,或者分别为相应的硬件模 块。当处理单元、接收单元和发送单元均为逻辑模块时,该终端的结构可以如图3所示。当处理单元、接收单元和发送单元均为硬件模块时,处理单元可以具体为处理器,接收单元可以具体为接收器,发送单元可以具体为发射器,此时该终端的结构可以如图4所示。During the communication between the terminal 202 and the network device 201, operations performed on the terminal 202 side may be performed by a processing unit, a receiving unit, and a sending unit in the terminal 202, where the receiving unit is configured to receive information (or a message) during the process. ), The sending unit is used to perform the operation of sending information (or message) in the process, and the processing unit is used to perform operations other than the operations performed by the receiving unit and the sending unit in the process. Optionally, the sending unit and the receiving unit are controlled by the processing unit, that is, the processing unit may separately control the sending unit to perform the sending operation, and control the receiving unit to perform the receiving operation. In addition, the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit in the terminal 202 may be logic modules divided according to functions, or respectively corresponding hardware modules. When the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit are all logic modules, the structure of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 3. When the processing unit, receiving unit, and sending unit are hardware modules, the processing unit may be specifically a processor, the receiving unit may be a receiver, and the sending unit may be a transmitter. At this time, the structure of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 4 Show.
请参见图4,图4示出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端400,该终端400可包括:输入输出模块(包括音频输入输出模块418、按键输入模块416以及显示器420等)、用户接口402、一个或多个处理器404、发射器406、接收器408、耦合器410、天线414以及存储器412。这些部件可通过总线或者其它方式连接,图4以通过总线连接为例。其中:Please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 shows a terminal 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal 400 may include: an input / output module (including an audio input / output module 418, a key input module 416, and a display 420, etc.), and a user interface. 402, one or more processors 404, a transmitter 406, a receiver 408, a coupler 410, an antenna 414, and a memory 412. These components can be connected via a bus or other methods. FIG. 4 uses the bus as an example. among them:
天线414可用于将电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波,或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器410用于将天线414接收到的移动通信信号分成多路,分配给多个的接收器408。The antenna 414 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy into electromagnetic waves in free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line. The coupler 410 is configured to divide the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 414 into multiple channels and distribute the signals to multiple receivers 408.
发射器406可用于对处理器404输出的信号进行发射处理。The transmitter 406 may be configured to perform transmission processing on a signal output by the processor 404.
接收器408可用于对天线414接收的移动通信信号进行接收处理。The receiver 408 may be configured to perform reception processing on a mobile communication signal received by the antenna 414.
在本申请实施例中,发射器406和接收器408可看作一个无线调制解调器。在终端400中,发射器406和接收器408的数量均可以是一个或者多个。In the embodiment of the present application, the transmitter 406 and the receiver 408 can be regarded as one wireless modem. In the terminal 400, the number of the transmitters 406 and the receivers 408 may be one or more.
除了图4所示的发射器406和接收器408,终端400还可包括其他通信部件,例如GPS模块、蓝牙(Bluetooth)模块、无线高保真(Wireless Fidelity,Wi-Fi)模块等。不限于上述表述的无线通信信号,终端400还可以支持其他无线通信信号,例如卫星信号、短波信号等等。不限于无线通信,终端400还可以配置有有线网络接口(如5AN接口)401来支持有线通信。In addition to the transmitter 406 and the receiver 408 shown in FIG. 4, the terminal 400 may further include other communication components, such as a GPS module, a Bluetooth module, a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) module, and the like. The terminal 400 is not limited to the wireless communication signals described above. The terminal 400 may also support other wireless communication signals, such as satellite signals, short-wave signals, and so on. Not limited to wireless communication, the terminal 400 may also be configured with a wired network interface (such as a 5AN interface) 401 to support wired communication.
所述输入输出模块可用于实现终端400和用户/外部环境之间的交互,可主要包括音频输入输出模块418、按键输入模块416以及显示器420等。具体的,所述输入输出模块还可包括:摄像头、触摸屏以及传感器等等。其中,所述输入输出模块均通过用户接口402与处理器404进行通信。The input / output module may be used to implement interaction between the terminal 400 and a user / external environment, and may mainly include an audio input / output module 418, a key input module 416, a display 420, and the like. Specifically, the input / output module may further include a camera, a touch screen, a sensor, and the like. The input and output modules are all in communication with the processor 404 through the user interface 402.
存储器412可以和处理器404通过总线或者输入输出端口耦合,存储器412也可以与处理器404集成在一起。存储器412用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。具体的,存储器412可包括高速随机存取的存储器,并且也可包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器412可以存储操作系统(下述简称系统),例如ANDROID,IOS,WINDOWS,或者5INU2等嵌入式操作系统。存储器412还可以存储网络通信程序,该网络通信程序可用于与一个或多个附加设备,一个或多个终端,一个或多个网络设备进行通信。存储器412还可以存储用户接口程序,该用户接口程序可以通过图形化的操作界面将应用程序的内容形象逼真的显示出来,并通过菜单、对话框以及按键等输入控件接收用户对应用程序的控制操作。The memory 412 may be coupled with the processor 404 through a bus or an input / output port, and the memory 412 may also be integrated with the processor 404. The memory 412 is configured to store various software programs and / or multiple sets of instructions. Specifically, the memory 412 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 412 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as a system), such as an embedded operating system such as ANDROID, IOS, WINDOWS, or 5INU2. The memory 412 may also store a network communication program, which can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminals, and one or more network devices. The memory 412 can also store a user interface program. The user interface program can realistically display the content image of the application program through a graphical operation interface, and receive user control operations on the application program through input controls such as menus, dialog boxes, and buttons. .
在本申请实施例中,存储器412可用于存储本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法在终端400侧的实现程序。关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法的实现,请参考后续方法实施例的描述。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 412 may be used to store the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided on the terminal 400 side provided by one or more embodiments of the present application. For the implementation of the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by one or more embodiments of this application, please refer to the description of the subsequent method embodiments.
处理器404可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的,处理器404可用于调用存储于存储器412中的程序,例如本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法在终端400侧的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令以实现后续实施例涉及的方法。处理器404可支持:全球移动通信系统(Global System for 6obile Communication,GS6)(2G)通信、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division 6ultiple Access,WCD6A)(3G)通信,以及长期演进(5ong Term Evolution,5TE)(4G)通信、以及5G通信等等中的一个或多个。可选地,当处理器404发送任何消息或数据时,其具体通过驱动或控制发射器406做所述发送。可选地,当处理器404接收任何消息或数据时,其具体通过驱动或控制接收器408做所述接收。因此,处理器404可以被视为是执行发送或接收的控制中心,发射器406和接收器408是发送和接收操作的具体执行者。The processor 404 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 404 may be used to call a program stored in the memory 412, for example, the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application are implemented on the terminal 400 side. And execute the instructions contained in the program to implement the methods involved in subsequent embodiments. The processor 404 can support: Global System for Global Communications (GS6) (2G) communications, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCD6A) (3G) communications, and Long Term Evolution , 5TE) (4G) communication, and 5G communication and so on. Optionally, when the processor 404 sends any message or data, it specifically does so by driving or controlling the transmitter 406. Optionally, when the processor 404 receives any message or data, it specifically does so by driving or controlling the receiver 408. Therefore, the processor 404 can be regarded as a control center that performs transmission or reception, and the transmitter 406 and the receiver 408 are specific performers of the transmission and reception operations.
需要说明的,图4所示的终端400仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式,实际应用中,终端400还可以包括更多或更少的部件,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the terminal 400 shown in FIG. 4 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the terminal 400 may further include more or fewer components, which is not limited herein.
终端202与网络设备201通信的过程中,网络设备201侧执行的操作可以由网络设备201中的处理单元、接收单元和发送单元来执行,其中,接收单元用于执行该过程中接收信息(或者说消息)的操作,发送单元用于执行该过程中发送信息(或者说消息)的操作,处理单元用于执行该过程中除接收单元和发送单元所执行的操作之外的其他操作。可选的,发送单元和接收单元受处理单元控制,即处理单元可以分别控制发送单元执行发送的操作,控制接收单元执行接收的操作。另外,网络设备201中的处理单元、接收单元和发送单元可以分别为按照功能划分的逻辑模块,或者分别为相应的硬件模块。当处理单元、接收单元和发送单元均为逻辑模块时,该网络设备的结构可以如图5所示。当处理单元、接收单元和发送单元均为硬件模块时,处理单元可以具体为处理器,接收单元可以具体为接收器,发送单元可以具体为发射器,此时该网络设备的结构可以如图6所示。During the communication between the terminal 202 and the network device 201, operations performed on the network device 201 side may be performed by a processing unit, a receiving unit, and a sending unit in the network device 201, where the receiving unit is configured to receive information (or (Speaking message) operation, the sending unit is used to perform the operation of sending information (or message) in the process, and the processing unit is used to perform other operations in the process than the operations performed by the receiving unit and the sending unit. Optionally, the sending unit and the receiving unit are controlled by the processing unit, that is, the processing unit may separately control the sending unit to perform the sending operation, and control the receiving unit to perform the receiving operation. In addition, the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit in the network device 201 may be logical modules divided according to functions, or corresponding hardware modules. When the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit are all logic modules, the structure of the network device may be as shown in FIG. 5. When the processing unit, the receiving unit, and the sending unit are hardware modules, the processing unit may be a processor, the receiving unit may be a receiver, and the sending unit may be a transmitter. At this time, the structure of the network device may be as shown in FIG. 6 As shown.
请参见图6,图6示出了本申请实施例提供的网络设备600,网络设备600可包括:一个或多个处理器601、存储器602、网络接口603、发射器605、接收器606、耦合器607和天线608。这些部件可通过总线604或者其他方式连接,图6以通过总线连接为例。其中:Please refer to FIG. 6, which illustrates a network device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The network device 600 may include: one or more processors 601, a memory 602, a network interface 603, a transmitter 605, a receiver 606, a coupling器 607 and antenna 608. These components may be connected through the bus 604 or in other ways, and FIG. 6 uses the connection through the bus as an example. among them:
网络接口603可用于网络设备600与其他通信设备,例如其他网络设备,进行通信。具体的,网络接口603可以是有线接口。The network interface 603 may be used for the network device 600 to communicate with other communication devices, such as other network devices. Specifically, the network interface 603 may be a wired interface.
发射器605可用于对处理器601输出的信号进行发射处理,例如信号调制。接收器606可用于对天线608接收的移动通信信号进行接收处理。例如信号解调。在本申请的一些实施例中,发射器605和接收器606可看作一个无线调制解调器。在网络设备600中,发射器605和接收器606的数量均可以是一个或者多个。天线608可用于将传输线中的电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波,或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器607可用于将移动通信号分成多路,分配给多个的接收器606。The transmitter 605 may be configured to perform transmission processing on a signal output by the processor 601, such as signal modulation. The receiver 606 may be configured to perform receiving processing on a mobile communication signal received by the antenna 608. For example, signal demodulation. In some embodiments of the present application, the transmitter 605 and the receiver 606 may be considered as a wireless modem. In the network device 600, the number of the transmitters 605 and the receivers 606 may each be one or more. The antenna 608 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy in a transmission line into electromagnetic waves in free space, or convert electromagnetic waves in a free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line. The coupler 607 can be used to divide the mobile communication signal into multiple channels and distribute the signals to multiple receivers 606.
存储器602可以和处理器601通过总线604或者输入输出端口耦合,存储器602也可以与处理器601集成在一起。存储器602用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。 具体的,存储器602可包括高速随机存取的存储器,并且也可包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器602可以存储操作系统(下述简称系统),例如uCOS、VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作系统。存储器602还可以存储网络通信程序,该网络通信程序可用于与一个或多个附加设备,一个或多个终端,一个或多个网络设备进行通信。The memory 602 may be coupled with the processor 601 through a bus 604 or an input / output port, and the memory 602 may also be integrated with the processor 601. The memory 602 is configured to store various software programs and / or multiple sets of instructions. Specifically, the memory 602 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 602 may store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as a system), for example, embedded operating systems such as uCOS, VxWorks, and RTLinux. The memory 602 may also store a network communication program, which may be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminals, and one or more network devices.
处理器601可用于进行无线信道管理、实施呼叫和通信链路的建立和拆除,并为本控制区内的用户提供小区切换控制等。具体的,处理器601可包括:管理/通信模块(Administration 6odule/Communication 6odule,A6/C6)(用于话路交换和信息交换的中心)、基本模块(Basic 6odule,B6)(用于完成呼叫处理、信令处理、无线资源管理、无线链路的管理和电路维护功能)、码变换及子复用单元(Transcoder and Sub6ultiplexer,TCS6)(用于完成复用解复用及码变换功能)等等。The processor 601 may be used to perform wireless channel management, implement call and communication link establishment and removal, and provide cell switching control for users in the control area. Specifically, the processor 601 may include: a management / communication module (Administration 6odule / Communication 6odule (A6 / C6)) (a center for voice exchange and information exchange), a basic module (Basic 6odule (B6)) (for completing a call Processing, signaling processing, wireless resource management, wireless link management and circuit maintenance functions), code conversion and submultiplexing unit (Transcoder and Sub6ultiplexer (TCS6)) (used to complete multiplexing demultiplexing and code conversion functions), etc. Wait.
本申请实施例中,处理器601可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的,处理器601可用于调用存储于存储器602中的程序,例如本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法在网络设备600侧的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 601 may be configured to read and execute computer-readable instructions. Specifically, the processor 601 may be used to call a program stored in the memory 602, for example, the implementation of the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by one or more embodiments of this application on the network device 600 side Program and execute the instructions contained in the program.
需要说明的是,图6所示的网络设备600仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式,实际应用中,网络设备600还可以包括更多或更少的部件,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the network device 600 shown in FIG. 6 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the network device 600 may further include more or fewer components, which is not limited herein.
本申请实施例中,下述各方法实施例中所描述的终端可以具有上述终端的结构,第一网络设备和第二网络设备均可以具有上述网络设备的架构,但是第一网络设备和第二网络设备在执行的具体操作上可能存在差异,具体差异将在后续方法实施例所描述的细节中体现。In the embodiments of the present application, the terminals described in the following method embodiments may have the structure of the foregoing terminal. Both the first network device and the second network device may have the architecture of the above network device, but the first network device and the second network device There may be differences in the specific operations performed by the network devices, and the specific differences will be reflected in the details described in the subsequent method embodiments.
请参见图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法可以基于图2所示的通信系统来实现,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 7. FIG. 7 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
步骤S701:第一网络设备向终端发送第一DCI。Step S701: The first network device sends a first DCI to the terminal.
具体地,第一网络设备向终端发送的DCI称为第一DCI以方便后续描述。Specifically, the DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is referred to as a first DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
步骤S702:第二网络设备向终端发送第二DCI。Step S702: The second network device sends a second DCI to the terminal.
具体地,第二网络设备向终端发送的DCI称为第二DCI以方便后续描述。可选的,第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同,即相当于第一DCI的HARQ-ACK和第二DCI的HARQ-ACK同时发送给网络侧;当然第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙也可以不同。Specifically, the DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is referred to as a second DCI to facilitate subsequent description. Optionally, the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is the same as the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI, which is equivalent to the HARQ-ACK of the first DCI and the HARQ- of the second DCI. The ACK is sent to the network side at the same time; of course, the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI and the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI may also be different.
步骤S703:终端接收第一DCI和第二DCI。Step S703: The terminal receives the first DCI and the second DCI.
步骤S704:第一网络设备向终端发送CSI上报配置信息。Step S704: The first network device sends the CSI report configuration information to the terminal.
具体地,根据所述CSI上报配置信息(CSI-ReportConfig)终端可以测量得到第一CSI,该第一CSI上报时是与第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK复用时频资源,还是与第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK复用时频资源,终端并不知道,因此,需要由相应的网络侧设备告诉给终端。假设第一CSI上报时是与第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK复用 时频资源,那么网络侧的设备(例如,第一网络设备,或者第二网络设备,等等)需要向终端指示第一CSI与第一DCI之间存在关联,本申请实施例通过在CSI上报配置信息中携带第一DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数,来间接表明第一CSI与第一DCI之间存在关联。可选的,当发送该CSI上报配置信息的是其他网络设备(例如,第二网络设备)时,该其他网络设备可以与该第一网络设备共享该CSI上报配置信息。步骤S704是以第一网络设备发送CSI上报配置为例进行的说明。Specifically, the terminal may measure the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig), and whether the first CSI is reported to be multiplexed with the HARQ-ACK of the first DCI TB time-frequency resource or the second CSI The HARQ-ACK of the DCI TB multiplexes time-frequency resources, which the terminal does not know. Therefore, the corresponding network-side device needs to be informed to the terminal. Assume that when reporting the first CSI, the time-frequency resource is multiplexed with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI, then the network-side device (for example, the first network device or the second network device, etc.) needs to instruct the terminal There is an association between a CSI and the first DCI. In the embodiment of the present application, the configuration information of the downlink control information or downlink control parameters of the first DCI is carried in the CSI report configuration information to indirectly indicate the existence of the first CSI and the first DCI. Associated. Optionally, when the CSI report configuration information is sent by another network device (for example, a second network device), the other network device may share the CSI report configuration information with the first network device. Step S704 is described by taking the configuration of sending the CSI report by the first network device as an example.
本申请实施例中,下行控制信息配置信息是指用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息,网络设备侧可以通过信令向终端发送多个下行控制信息配置信息。该下行控制信息配置信息还可以称为下行控制信息配置字段、下行控制信息信息元素(information element,IE)等。In the embodiment of the present application, the downlink control information configuration information refers to parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel, and the network device side may send multiple downlink control information configuration information to the terminal through signaling. The downlink control information configuration information may also be referred to as a downlink control information configuration field, a downlink control information information element (IE), and the like.
该下行控制信息配置信息可以为下行控制信道配置参数(Physical Downlink Control Channel Config,PDCCH-Config),控制资源集合配置参数(Control Resource Sets,CORESET)或者搜索空间(search space)配置参数。其中,PDCCH-Config可以包括control resource sets和search space,该PDCCH-Config包括的参数用于检测候选的下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)。CORESET可以称为控制资源集合,即CORESET的时频资源,如频域所占的资源块大小,时域所占的符号数等;还可以称为控制资源集合配置参数,即指信令配置的相关参数,用于获得CORESET时频资源。搜索空间可以称为搜索空间配置参数,即信令配置的相关参数,用于获得在什么时候,以及采用什么方式搜索候选的或可能的PDCCH;该搜索空间也可以直接指检测候选PDCCH的地方,或需要检测的地方。The downlink control information configuration information may be a downlink control channel configuration parameter (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config, PDCCH-Config), a control resource set configuration parameter (Control Resource Sets, CORESET), or a search space (search space) configuration parameter. The PDCCH-Config may include control resources, sets, and search spaces. The parameters included in the PDCCH-Config are used to detect candidate downlink control channels (Physical Downlink Control Channels, PDCCHs). CORESET can be called the control resource set, that is, the time-frequency resources of CORESET, such as the size of the resource block occupied by the frequency domain, the number of symbols occupied by the time domain, etc .; it can also be called the control resource set configuration parameter, which refers to the signaling configuration. Related parameters are used to obtain CORESET time-frequency resources. The search space may be referred to as a search space configuration parameter, that is, a parameter related to signaling configuration, used to obtain when and in what manner a candidate or possible PDCCH is searched; the search space may also directly refer to a place where a candidate PDCCH is detected, Or where testing is needed.
其中,下行控制信息配置信息还可以为下行控制信道配置参数组(Physical Downlink Control Channel Config group,PDCCH-Config group),控制资源集合配置参数组(CORESET group)或者搜索空间配置参数组(search space group)。其中,下行控制信道配置参数组可以包括一个或多个下行控制信道配置参数或下行控制信道配置参数的索引号;控制资源集合配置参数组可以包括一个或多个控制资源集合配置参数或控制资源集合配置参数的索引号;搜索空间配置参数组可以包括一个或多个搜索空间配置参数或搜索空间配置参数的索引号。The downlink control information configuration information may also be a downlink control channel configuration parameter group (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config group, PDCCH-Config group), a control resource set configuration parameter group (CORESET group), or a search space configuration parameter group (search space configuration group). ). The downlink control channel configuration parameter group may include one or more downlink control channel configuration parameters or an index number of a downlink control channel configuration parameter; the control resource set configuration parameter group may include one or more control resource set configuration parameters or control resource sets. The index number of the configuration parameter; the search space configuration parameter group may include one or more search space configuration parameters or the index number of the search space configuration parameter.
本申请实施例中,下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。例如,下行控制参数为与下行控制信息中的参数相关的参数时,该下行控制信息中的参数可为天线端口(antenna port)或antenna port索引号,可以为解调参数信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)端口参数。其中,DMRS端口参数可以为DMRS端口、DMRS端口索引号、DMRS端口标识码、DMRS端口组索引号或DMRS端口组标识码。In the embodiment of the present application, the downlink control parameter is a parameter included in the downlink control information or a parameter related to a parameter included in the downlink control information. For example, when the downlink control parameter is a parameter related to the parameter in the downlink control information, the parameter in the downlink control information may be an antenna port or an antenna port index number, and may be a demodulation parameter signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) port parameters. The DMRS port parameter may be a DMRS port, a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code.
其中,antenna port索引号、DMRS port以及antenna port之间的关系可以为:终端设备可基于antenna port索引号得到DMRS port,然后可利用DMRS port获得antenna port。例如,下行系统中的antenna port=1000+DMRS port;上行系统中的antenna port=DMRS port。其中,无论上行还是下行,DCI中指示的都是antenna port或antenna port索引号。可选的,终端设备还可以基于该antenna port或antenna port索引号,得到DMRS端口索引号、DMRS端口标识码、DMRS端口组、DMRS端口组索引号或DMRS端口 组标识码等。Among them, the relationship between the antenna port index number, the DMRS port, and the antenna port can be: the terminal device can obtain the DMRS port based on the antenna port index number, and then can use the DMRS port to obtain the antenna port. For example, antenna port = 1000 + DMRS port in the downlink system; antenna port = DMRS port in the uplink system. Among them, whether it is uplink or downlink, the DCI indicates the antenna port or antenna port index number. Optionally, the terminal device may also obtain a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code based on the antenna port or antenna port index number.
下面对下行控制信息配置信息和下行控制参数进行举例说明,以方便理解:The downlink control information configuration information and downlink control parameters are exemplified below for easy understanding:
示例一,下行控制信息配置信息包括用于承载第一DCI的PDCCH的配置的第一标识。In a first example, the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of a configuration of a PDCCH for carrying a first DCI.
具体来说,DCI是承载在PDCCH上的,网络侧(例如,第一网络设备、第二网络设备等)向终端发送DCI之前需要先向终端发送与该DCI关联的PDCCH配置(PDCCH-Config),以便终端根据该PDCCH-Config获知用于承载该一个DCI的PDCCH,从而在该PDCCH上去检测该一个DCI。其中,不同的PDCCHConfig有不同的配置标识,下面列出两种方式进行举例说明。Specifically, the DCI is carried on the PDCCH. Before sending the DCI to the terminal on the network side (for example, the first network device, the second network device, etc.), it is necessary to send the terminal a PDCCH configuration (PDCCH-Config) associated with the DCI. In order to obtain the PDCCH carrying the DCI according to the PDCCH-Config, the terminal detects the DCI on the PDCCH. Among them, different PDCCHConfigs have different configuration identifiers, and two methods are listed below for illustration.
(1)假设第一网络设备向终端发送的第一DCI所关联的PDCCH-Config的配置标识为PDCCH-Config-ID=0,第二网络设备向终端发送的第二DCI所关联的PDCCH-Config的配置标识为PDCCH-Config-ID=1,那么则有,第一DCI承载在PDCCH-Config-ID=0所标识的PDCCH-Config所指定的PDCCH上,第二DCI承载在PDCCH-Config-ID=1所标识的PDCCH-Config所指定的PDCCH上。在这种情况下,本申请实施例中的第一标识可以为PDCCH-Config-ID=0。(1) Assuming that the configuration identifier of the PDCCH-Config associated with the first DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is PDCCH-Config-ID = 0, and the PDCCH-Config associated with the second DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal Configuration ID is PDCCH-Config-ID = 1, then there is, the first DCI is carried on the PDCCH specified by PDCCH-Config identified by PDCCH-Config-ID = 0, and the second DCI is carried on PDCCH-Config-ID = 1 on the PDCCH specified by the PDCCH-Config identified. In this case, the first identifier in the embodiment of the present application may be PDCCH-Config-ID = 0.
(2)假设第一网络设备向终端发送的第一DCI所关联的PDCCH-Config的配置标识为PDCCH-Config0,第二网络设备向终端发送的第二DCI所关联的PDCCH-Config的配置标识为PDCCH-Config1,那么则有,第一DCI承载在PDCCH-Config0所标识的PDCCH-Config所指定的PDCCH上,第二DCI承载在PDCCH-Config1所标识的PDCCH-Config所指定的PDCCH上。在这种情况下,本申请实施例中的第一标识可以为PDCCH-Config0。(2) It is assumed that the configuration identifier of the PDCCH-Config associated with the first DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is PDCCH-Config0, and the configuration identifier of the PDCCH-Config associated with the second DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is PDCCH-Config1, then the first DCI is carried on the PDCCH specified by PDCCH-Config identified by PDCCH-Config0, and the second DCI is carried on the PDCCH specified by PDCCH-Config identified by PDCCH-Config1. In this case, the first identifier in the embodiment of the present application may be PDCCH-Config0.
示例二,下行控制信息配置信息包括用于承载所述第一DCI的CORESET组的第二标识。In a second example, the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a CORESET group for carrying the first DCI.
具体来说,一个或者多个控制资源集(controlResourceSet,CORESET)可以组成一个CORESET组(CORESET group),终端会在两个不同的CORESET group分别检测到上述第一DCI和第二DCI。这里的两个不同的CORESET组属于预先给终端配置多个CORESET组中的部分,这多个CORESET组(以两组为例进行描述)的配置方式可以如下:Specifically, one or more control resource sets (controlResourceSet, CORESET) may form a CORESET group (CORESET group), and the terminal may detect the first DCI and the second DCI respectively in two different CORESET groups. The two different CORESET groups are part of multiple CORESET groups configured for the terminal in advance. The configuration of these multiple CORESET groups (using two groups as an example) can be configured as follows:
网络侧(例如,第一网络设备、第二网络设备等)向终端发送PDCCH-Config,PDCCH-Config指示了两个CORESET group,因此后续终端可以在这两个CORESET group上分别最多盲检到一个DCI。这两个CORESET group的指示方式至少存在如下两种:The network side (for example, the first network device, the second network device, etc.) sends a PDCCH-Config to the terminal. The PDCCH-Config indicates two CORESET groups, so subsequent terminals can blindly detect a maximum of one on each of the two CORESET groups. DCI. These two CORESET groups have at least the following two indication methods:
(1)在PDCCH-Config中添加两个CORESET组索引,每个CORESET组索引可以由一个字符或者一个字符串组成,例如,其中一个CORESET组索引为CORESET group id=0,另一个CORESET组索引为CORESET group id=1。根据任意一个CORESET组索引可以唯一确定一个CORESET组。另外,每个CORESET组中的CORESET都添加一个CORESET group id以标记该CORESET所属的CORESET组。(1) Add two CORESET group indexes in PDCCH-Config. Each CORESET group index can consist of one character or one character string. For example, one CORESET group index is CORESET group id = 0, and the other CORESET group index is CORESET group id = 1. A CORESET group can be uniquely determined according to any CORESET group index. In addition, each CORESET in the CORESET group adds a CORESET group id to mark the CORESET group to which the CORESET belongs.
(2)在PDCCH-Config中添加两个CORESET组序列,该CORESET组索引可以由一个字符或者一个字符串组成,例如,其中一个CORESET组序列为CORESET  group_0,另一个CORESET组序列为CORESET group_1。一个CORESET组序列可以由一些CORESET的标识组成,这一些CORESET所组成的CORESET组即为该一个CORESET组序列唯一标识的一个CORESET组。(2) Add two CORESET group sequences in PDCCH-Config. The CORESET group index may consist of one character or one character string. For example, one CORESET group sequence is CORESET group_0, and the other CORESET group sequence is CORESET group_1. A CORESET group sequence may be composed of some CORESET identifiers. The CORESET group composed of these CORESET groups is a CORESET group uniquely identified by the one CORESET group sequence.
以上CORESET组的索引或序列均可以作为第二标识以方便描述,举例来说:The index or sequence of the above CORESET group can be used as the second identifier for easy description, for example:
针对上述方式(1),假若上述第一DCI是在上述CORESET组序列为CORESET group id=0的CORESET group上,那么第二标识可以为CORESET group id=0。For the above manner (1), if the first DCI is on a CORESET group whose CORESET group sequence is CORESET group id = 0, the second identifier may be CORESET group id = 0.
针对上述方式(2),假若上述第一DCI是在上述CORESET组序列为CORESET group_0的CORESET group上,那么第二标识可以为CORESET group_0。For the above manner (2), if the first DCI is on a CORESET group whose CORESET group sequence is CORESET group_0, the second identifier may be CORESET group_0.
示例三,下行控制信息配置信息包括用于承载第一DCI的搜索空间SS组的第三标识。In the third example, the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group for carrying the first DCI.
具体来说,终端会在两个不同的搜索空间(search space,SS)分别检测到上述第一DCI和第二DCI,这两个SS又各自属于不同的SS组(search space group),因此上述第一DCI和第二DCI实质上可看做是在两个不同的SS组上分别检测到的。其中,每个SS组又有各自的SS组标识,第一DCI在哪个SS组上,则该SS组的SS组标识为第三标识。下面列出两种方式进行举例说明:Specifically, the terminal detects the first DCI and the second DCI in two different search spaces (SS), and the two SSs belong to different SS groups (search space), so the above The first DCI and the second DCI can be regarded as being respectively detected on two different SS groups. Each SS group has its own SS group identifier. On which SS group the first DCI is located, the SS group identifier of the SS group is the third identifier. Here are two ways to illustrate:
(1)第一DCI承载在SS group-ID=0所标识的SS组上,第二DCI承载在SS group-ID=1所标识的SS组上。在这种情况下,本申请实施例中的第一标识可以为SS group-ID=0。(1) The first DCI is carried on the SS group identified by SS group-ID = 0, and the second DCI is carried on the SS group identified by SS group-ID = 1. In this case, the first identifier in the embodiment of the present application may be SS group-ID = 0.
(2)第一DCI承载在SS group_0所标识的SS组上,第二DCI承载在SS group_1所标识的SS组上。在这种情况下,本申请实施例中的第一标识可以为SS group_0。(2) The first DCI is carried on the SS group identified by SS group_0, and the second DCI is carried on the SS group identified by SS group_1. In this case, the first identifier in the embodiment of the present application may be SS group_0.
另外,当各个CORESET内的SS组的SS组标识独立划分时,则该CSI上报配置信息(CSI-ReportConfig)中还需要添加承载第一DCI的SS组所属CORESET的CORESET组标识,以便终端能够根据该CORESET组标识和第三标识唯一确定承载上述第一DCI所在的SS组;当所有CORESET内的SS组的SS组标识联合划分时,该CSI上报配置信息(CSI-ReportConfig)就不需要包含CORESET组标识。In addition, when the SS group ID of the SS group in each CORESET is independently divided, the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig) also needs to add the CORESET group ID of the CORESET to which the SS group carrying the first DCI belongs, so that the terminal can The CORESET group identifier and the third identifier uniquely determine the SS group where the first DCI is located. When the SS group identifiers of all SS groups in CORESET are jointly divided, the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig) does not need to include CORESET. Group ID.
示例四,下行控制参数为所述第一DCI包含的DMRS端口所属的DMRS组的第四标识。In the fourth example, the downlink control parameter is a fourth identifier of a DMRS group to which the DMRS port included in the first DCI belongs.
具体来说,上述第一网络设备和第二网络设备各采用一个解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)组,每个组包括若干DMRS端口号,同组内的DMRS端口准共址(quasi co-location,QCL)。每个DMRS组都有各自的标识,本申请实施例称第一DCI包含的DMRS端口号所属的DMRS组的DMRS组标识为第四标识以方便后续描述。Specifically, the first network device and the second network device each use a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) group, and each group includes a number of DMRS port numbers, and the DMRS ports in the same group are quasi co-located (quasi co-location (QCL). Each DMRS group has its own identifier. In the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS group identifier of the DMRS group to which the DMRS port number included in the first DCI belongs is referred to as the fourth identifier for the convenience of subsequent description.
示例五,下行控制参数为部分带宽(bandwith part,BWP)配置的第六标识。In a fifth example, the downlink control parameter is a sixth identifier configured with a bandwith part (BWP).
具体来说,网络侧向终端发送多个BWP配置,每个BWP配置都有一个标识。本申请实施例称第一DCI关联的PDCCH配置信息所在的BWP配置的标识为第六标识以方便后续描述。例如,第六标识可以表示为BWP ID=0,或者BWP_0,等等。Specifically, the network side sends multiple BWP configurations to the terminal, and each BWP configuration has an identifier. In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the BWP configuration where the PDCCH configuration information associated with the first DCI is referred to as a sixth identifier is convenient for subsequent description. For example, the sixth identifier may be expressed as BWP ID = 0, or BWP_0, and so on.
示例六,下行控制信息配置信息包括用于承载所述第一DCI的CORESET的第七标识或第八标识,第八标识是CORESET上的扰码。Example 6. The downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier or an eighth identifier for carrying the CORESET of the first DCI, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on the CORESET.
具体来说,终端会在两个不同的CORESET分别检测到上述第一DCI和第二DCI。 这里的两个不同的CORESET属于预先给终端配置多个CORESET中的部分,这多个CORESET(以两个为例进行描述)的配置方式可以如下:Specifically, the terminal detects the first DCI and the second DCI respectively at two different CORESETs. The two different CORESETs are part of configuring multiple CORESETs for the terminal in advance. The configuration methods of these multiple CORESETs (the two are described as examples) can be as follows:
网络侧(例如,第一网络设备、第二网络设备等)向终端发送PDCCH-Config,PDCCH-Config指示了两个CORESET,。这两个CORESET的指示方式至少存在如下两种:The network side (for example, the first network device, the second network device, etc.) sends the PDCCH-Config to the terminal, and the PDCCH-Config indicates two CORESETs. These two CORESET indication methods exist in at least the following two ways:
(1)在PDCCH-Config中添加两个CORESET索引或标识,每个CORESET索引或标识可以由一个字符或者一个字符串组成,例如,其中一个CORESET索引为CORESET id=0,另一个CORESET索引为CORESET id=1。根据任意一个CORESET索引可以唯一确定一个CORESET。(1) Add two CORESET indexes or identifiers in PDCCH-Config. Each CORESET index or identifier can consist of a character or a character string. For example, one CORESET index is CORESET id = 0 and the other CORESET index is CORESET. id = 1. A CORESET can be uniquely determined according to any CORESET index.
(2)在PDCCH-Config中添加两个CORESET索引或标识,该CORESET索引可以由一个字符或者一个字符串组成,例如,其中一个CORESET索引为CORESET group_0,另一个CORESET索引为CORESET group_1。(2) Add two CORESET indexes or identifiers in the PDCCH-Config. The CORESET index may consist of a character or a character string. For example, one CORESET index is CORESET group_0, and the other CORESET index is CORESET group_1.
另外,(1)和(2)中,每个CORESET组中的CORESET都添加一个CORESET id以标记该CORESET所属的CORESET组。当一个CORESET组中只有一个CORESET时,该CORESET的索引即可视为该CORESET group的索引,或者该CORESET group的索引也可以视为该组内的CORESET的索引。In addition, in (1) and (2), a CORESET ID is added to the CORESET in each CORESET group to mark the CORESET group to which the CORESET belongs. When there is only one CORESET in a CORESET group, the index of the CORESET can be regarded as the index of the CORESET group, or the index of the CORESET group can also be regarded as the index of the CORESET in the group.
以上CORESET的索引或序列或标识均可以作为第七标识以方便描述,举例来说:The above CORESET index or sequence or logo can be used as the seventh logo for easy description, for example:
针对上述方式(1),假若上述第一DCI是在上述CORESET索引为CORESET id=0的CORESET上,那么第七标识可以为CORESET id=0。For the above manner (1), if the first DCI is on a CORESET whose CORESET index is CORESET id = 0, the seventh identifier may be CORESET id = 0.
针对上述方式(2),假若上述第一DCI是在上述CORESET索引为CORESET id=0的CORESET上,那么第七标识可以为CORESET id_0。For the above manner (2), if the first DCI is on a CORESET with the CORESET index being CORESET id = 0, the seventh identifier may be CORESET id_0.
另外,一个CORESET对应一个扰码,因此所述下行控制信息配置信息包括第八标识,所述第八标识是CORESET上的扰码;所述第一DCI为所述第八标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。In addition, one CORESET corresponds to one scrambling code, so the downlink control information configuration information includes an eighth identifier, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on CORESET; the first DCI is on the CORESET identified by the eighth identifier. Bearer DCI.
步骤S705:终端接收第一网络设备发送的CSI上报配置信息。Step S705: The terminal receives the CSI report configuration information sent by the first network device.
可选的,若CSI上报配置信息由其他网络设备发送,则该终端接收其他网络设备发送的该CSI上报配置信息。Optionally, if the CSI report configuration information is sent by another network device, the terminal receives the CSI report configuration information sent by other network devices.
步骤S706:终端根据CSI上报配置信息生成第一UCI。Step S706: The terminal generates a first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information.
具体地,终端根据CSI上报配置信息可以获取到“下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数”,并进一步根据该“下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数”确定上述第一DCI。由于根据CSI上报配置信息中的“下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数”确定出了该第一DCI,因此之后基于第一CSI和针对该第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI,即第一UCI包括所述第一CSI和针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK。另外,针对不同的情况,终端在生成第一UCI过程中所执行的流程还存在差异,下面举例说明。Specifically, the terminal may obtain “downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters” according to the CSI report configuration information, and further determine the first DCI according to the “downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters”. Since the first DCI is determined according to the "downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters" in the CSI report configuration information, the first UCI is then generated based on the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI, That is, the first UCI includes the HARQ-ACK of the first CSI and the TB for the first DCI. In addition, for different situations, there are differences in the processes performed by the terminal in generating the first UCI, which are described below by way of example.
针对上述示例一,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一UCI,可以具体包括:所述终端确定所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH配置;所述终端确定根据所述第一标识所标识的配置接收到所述第一DCI;所述终端根据所述第一CSI和针对所述第 一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI。For the above example 1, the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining the PDCCH configuration identified by the first identifier; and the terminal determining the PDCCH configuration identified by the first identifier The identified configuration receives the first DCI; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the first DCI.
针对上述示例二,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一UCI,可以具体包括:所述终端确定所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组;所述终端确定在所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上发送的所述第一DCI;所述终端根据所述第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI。For the above second example, the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining the CORESET group identified by the second identifier; and the terminal determining The first DCI sent on the identified CORESET group; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the first DCI.
针对上述示例三,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一UCI,可以具体包括:所述终端确定所述第三标识所标识的SS组;所述终端确定所述第三标识所标识的SS组上发送的所述第一DCI;所述终端根据所述第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI。For the third example described above, the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining an SS group identified by the third identifier; and the terminal determining the identifier identified by the third identifier The first DCI sent on the SS group of the UE; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI.
针对上述示例四,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一UCI,可以具体包括:所述终端确定所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组;所述终端确定包含的DMRS属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的所述第一DCI;所述终端根据所述第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI。For the above fourth example, the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determining a DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier; and the terminal determining that the DMRS included in the terminal belongs to the first Four identifies the first DCI of the DMRS group identified; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI.
针对上述示例五,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一UCI,可以具体包括:确定第六标识所标识的BWP配置,再确定该BWP配置包含的PDCCH配置信息,再确定该PDCCH配置信息配置的PDCCH上承载的DCI,确定出的DCI即为上述第一DCI,所述终端根据所述第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI。For the above fifth example, the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: determining a BWP configuration identified by a sixth identifier, and then determining PDCCH configuration information included in the BWP configuration, and then determining the PDCCH configuration The DCI carried on the information-configured PDCCH is the above-mentioned first DCI, and the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI.
针对上述示例六,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一UCI,可以具体包括:所述终端确定所述第七标识所标识的CORESET;所述终端确定在所述第七标识所标识的CORESET上发送的所述第一DCI;所述终端根据所述第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI。或者,所述终端确定所述第八标识所标识的CORESET;所述终端确定在所述第八标识所标识的CORESET上发送的所述第一DCI;所述终端根据所述第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第一UCI。其中,第八标识是CORESET的扰码。For the above example 6, the terminal generating the first UCI according to the CSI report configuration information may specifically include: the terminal determines the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier; and the terminal determines the identifier identified by the seventh identifier The first DCI sent on CORESET; the terminal generates a first UCI according to the first CSI and a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the first DCI. Or, the terminal determines the CORESET identified by the eighth identifier; the terminal determines the first DCI sent on the CORESET identified by the eighth identifier; and the terminal determines the first DCI based on the first CSI and the The HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI generates a first UCI. The eighth identifier is a scrambling code of CORESET.
步骤S707:终端生成第二UCI。Step S707: The terminal generates a second UCI.
具体地,第二网络设备并没有像第一网络设备那样发送类似CSI上报配置信息的信息来表明第二DCI与第一CSI存在关联关系,因此所述第二UCI包括针对所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK,但不包含上述第一CSI。Specifically, the second network device does not send information similar to the CSI report configuration information like the first network device to indicate that there is an association relationship between the second DCI and the first CSI. Therefore, the second UCI includes information for the second DCI. HARQ-ACK of a TB, but does not include the above-mentioned first CSI.
步骤S708:终端向第一网络设备发送第一UCI。Step S708: The terminal sends a first UCI to the first network device.
具体地,终端根据该第一UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set来发送第一UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第一PUCCH resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还根据第一DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第一PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第一UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第一PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第一PUCCH resource set上的第一PUCCH resource上发送该第一UCI。Specifically, the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the first UCI according to the number of bits of the first UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a first PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the first PUCCH resource set sends the first UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the first DCI. The determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the first PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent follow-up. description. After that, the terminal sends the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
步骤S709:终端向第二网络设备发送第二UCI。Step S709: The terminal sends a second UCI to the second network device.
具体地,该终端还可以根据上述第二UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set发送该第二UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第二PUCCH  resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还可以根据第二DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第二PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第二UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第二PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第二PUCCH resource set上的第二PUCCH resource上发送该第二UCI。Specifically, the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource set to use to send the second UCI according to the bit number of the second UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a second PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set sends the second UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the second DCI, and the determined PUCCH resource may be referred to as the second PUCCH resource for convenience Subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
步骤S710:第一网络设备接收终端发送的第一UCI。Step S710: The first network device receives the first UCI sent by the terminal.
具体地,由于第一网络设备向终端发送过CSI上报配置信息,因此第一网络设备知道终端反馈的UCI中会包含第一CSI和针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK,因此第一网络设备可以合理估算第一UCI的比特数,从而基于第一UCI的比特数确定终端会在上述第一PUCCH resource set上发送该第一UCI;另外,由于第一PUCCH resource是由该第一网络设备通过第一DCI的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域指示给该终端的,因此该第一网络设备知道终端会在第一PUCCH resource上发送第一UCI。因此,该第一网络设备最终会在第一PUCCH resource set上的第一PUCCH resource上去接收(或者说检测)第一UCI。Specifically, because the first network device has sent the CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the first network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the first DCI TB, so the first network device The number of bits of the first UCI can be reasonably estimated, so that based on the number of bits of the first UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource set; in addition, because the first PUCCH resource is passed by the first network device The PUCCH resource indicator field of the first DCI indicates to the terminal, so the first network device knows that the terminal will send the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource. Therefore, the first network device will eventually receive (or detect) the first UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
步骤S711:第二网络设备接收终端发送的第二UCI。Step S711: The second network device receives the second UCI sent by the terminal.
具体地,由于第二网络设备没有向终端发送过CSI上报配置信息,因此第二网络设备知道终端反馈的UCI中会包含针对第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK但是不包含第一CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理估算第二UCI的比特数,从而基于第二UCI的比特数确定终端会在上述第二PUCCH resource set上发送该第二UCI;另外,由于第二PUCCH resource是由该第二网络设备通过第二DCI的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域指示给该终端的,因此该第二网络设备知道终端会在第二PUCCH resource上发送第二UCI。因此,该第二网络设备最终会在第二PUCCH resource set上的第二PUCCH resource上去接收(或者说检测)第二UCI。Specifically, since the second network device has not sent the CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the second network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the second DCI but does not include the first CSI. The two network devices can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the second UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the second UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource set; in addition, since the second PUCCH resource is determined by the second The network device indicates to the terminal through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the second DCI, so the second network device knows that the terminal will send the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource. Therefore, the second network device will eventually receive (or detect) the second UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
在图7所描述的方法中,终端根据CSI上报配置信息确定第一CSI与第一DCI存在关联。之后当终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第一CSI和针对第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据CSI上报配置信息预知针对发送给第一网络设备的UCI中包含第一CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以获知第一CSI与第二DCI不存在关联,因此第二网络设备可以预知发送给第二网络设备的UCI中不包含第一CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第二DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the method described in FIG. 7, the terminal determines that the first CSI is associated with the first DCI according to the CSI report configuration information. Afterwards, when the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the other DCI, the terminal encapsulates the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the first DCI in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the second DCI. In addition, the first network device can also predict that the UCI sent to the first network device includes the first CSI according to the CSI report configuration information, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so that Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also know that there is no association between the first CSI and the second DCI, so the second network device can predict that the UCI sent to the second network device does not include the first CSI, so the second network device can reasonably The size of the UCI for the second DCI is estimated, so that the UCI is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
请参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法可以基于图2所示的通信系统来实现,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 8. FIG. 8 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
步骤S801:第一网络设备向终端发送第三DCI。Step S801: The first network device sends a third DCI to the terminal.
具体地,第一网络设备向终端发送的DCI称为第三DCI以方便后续描述。其中, 第三DCI中包含传输配置指示(transmission configuration,TCI),所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口(RS port)。Specifically, the DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is referred to as a third DCI to facilitate subsequent description. The third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication (TCI), where the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port (RSport).
步骤S802:第二网络设备向终端发送第四DCI。Step S802: The second network device sends a fourth DCI to the terminal.
具体地,第二网络设备向终端发送的DCI称为第四DCI以方便后续描述。可选的,第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同,即相当于第三DCI的HARQ-ACK和第四DCI的HARQ-ACK同时发送给网络侧。当然也可能第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙不同。Specifically, the DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is referred to as a fourth DCI to facilitate subsequent description. Optionally, the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the third DCI is the same as the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI, which is equivalent to the HARQ-ACK of the third DCI and the HARQ- of the fourth DCI. ACK is sent to the network side at the same time. Of course, the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the third DCI may be different from the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI.
步骤S803:终端接收第三DCI和第四DCI。Step S803: The terminal receives the third DCI and the fourth DCI.
步骤S804:终端生成第三UCI。Step S804: The terminal generates a third UCI.
具体地,终端会先解析出第三DCI中的TCI,然后根据TCI中的第五标识确定该第五标识所标识的参考信号端口,进而确定第五标识确定该第五标识所标识的参考信号端口对应的所述的DMRS组,此处确定出的DMRS组可以称为第三DCI对应的DMRS组;根据相同的原理可以确定第四DCI对应的DMRS组;然后再确定与第二CSI配置的RS port具有准共址(quasi co-location,QCL)关系的DMRS组是哪个,假若确定出的DMRS组为第三DCI组对应的DMRS组,那么,该终端根据第二CSI和针对第三DCI中的TB的HARQ-ACK生成第三UCI,其中,第三UCI包括所述第二CSI和针对所述第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK。Specifically, the terminal first parses the TCI in the third DCI, and then determines the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier according to the fifth identifier in the TCI, and then determines the fifth identifier to determine the reference signal identified by the fifth identifier. The DMRS group corresponding to the port. The DMRS group determined here can be referred to as the DMRS group corresponding to the third DCI; the DMRS group corresponding to the fourth DCI can be determined according to the same principle; RS Which port is the DMRS group with quasi co-location (QCL) relationship. If the determined DMRS group is the DMRS group corresponding to the third DCI group, then the terminal according to the second CSI and the third DCI The HARQ-ACK of the TB in the eNB generates a third UCI, where the third UCI includes the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the third DCI.
步骤S805:终端生成第四UCI。Step S805: The terminal generates a fourth UCI.
具体地,该第四UCI包括针对所述第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK,但不包括第二CSI。Specifically, the fourth UCI includes HARQ-ACK for the TB of the fourth DCI, but does not include the second CSI.
步骤S806:终端向第一网络设备发送第三UCI。Step S806: The terminal sends a third UCI to the first network device.
具体地,终端根据该第三UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set来发送第三UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第一PUCCH resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还根据第三DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第一PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第三UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第一PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第一PUCCH resource set上的第一PUCCH resource上发送该第三UCI。Specifically, the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the third UCI according to the number of bits of the third UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a first PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the first PUCCH resource set sends the third UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the third DCI. The determined PUCCH resource can be called the first PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
步骤S807:终端向第二网络设备发送第四UCI。Step S807: The terminal sends a fourth UCI to the second network device.
具体地,该终端还可以根据上述第四UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set发送该第四UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第二PUCCH resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还可以根据第四DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第二PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第四UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第二PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第二PUCCH resource set上的第二PUCCH resource上发送该第四UCI。Specifically, the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource set to use to send the fourth UCI according to the bit number of the fourth UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a second PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal can also determine which PUCCH resource in the second PUCCH resource set sends the fourth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the fourth DCI, and the determined PUCCH resource can be called the second PUCCH resource for convenience Subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
步骤S808:第一网络设备接收终端发送的第三UCI。Step S808: The first network device receives the third UCI sent by the terminal.
具体地,由于第一网络设备在第三DCI中的TCI中添加了第五标识,因此第一网络设备知道终端反馈的UCI中会包含第二CSI和针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK,因此第一网络设备可以合理估算第三UCI的比特数,从而基于第三UCI的比特数确定 终端会在上述第一PUCCH resource set上发送该第三UCI;另外,由于第一PUCCH resource是由该第一网络设备通过第三DCI的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域指示给该终端的,因此该第一网络设备知道终端会在第一PUCCH resource上发送第三UCI。因此,该第一网络设备最终会在第一PUCCH resource set上的第一PUCCH resource上去接收(或者说检测)第三UCI。Specifically, because the first network device adds a fifth identifier to the TCI in the third DCI, the first network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the HARQ-ACK of the second CSI and the TB for the third DCI, Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the third UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the third UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource set; in addition, because the first PUCCH resource is determined by the The first network device indicates to the terminal through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the third DCI, so the first network device knows that the terminal will send the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource. Therefore, the first network device will eventually receive (or detect) the third UCI on the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource set.
步骤S809:第二网络设备接收终端发送的第四UCI。Step S809: The second network device receives the fourth UCI sent by the terminal.
具体地,由于第二网络设备没有在第四DCI中的TCI中添加第五标识,因此第二网络设备知道终端反馈的UCI中会包含针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK但是不包含第二CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理估算第四UCI的比特数,从而基于第四UCI的比特数确定终端会在上述第二PUCCH resource set上发送该第四UCI;另外,由于第二PUCCH resource是由该第二网络设备通过第四DCI的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域指示给该终端的,因此该第二网络设备知道终端会在第二PUCCH resource上发送第四UCI。因此,该第二网络设备最终会在第二PUCCH resource set上的第二PUCCH resource上去接收(或者说检测)第四UCI。Specifically, because the second network device does not add a fifth identifier to the TCI in the fourth DCI, the second network device knows that the UCI fed back by the terminal will include the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the fourth DCI but does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the fourth UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the fourth UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource set; in addition, because the second PUCCH resource is The second network device indicates to the terminal through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the fourth DCI, so the second network device knows that the terminal will send the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource. Therefore, the second network device will eventually receive (or detect) the fourth UCI on the second PUCCH resource on the second PUCCH resource set.
在图8所描述的方法中,第一网络设备向终端发送的第三DCI的TCI中携带了第五标识,从而向终端明确了第二CSI与第三DCI之间的关联关系。之后终端需要向网络侧反馈针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,该终端将第二CSI和针对第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。可以看出,第一网络设备根据自身发送的第三DCI的TCI可以预知针对第三DCI的UCI中包含第二CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对第三DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备根据自身发送的第四DCI的TCI可以预知针对第四DCI的UCI中不包含第二CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对第四DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the method described in FIG. 8, the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal carries a fifth identifier, thereby clarifying the association relationship between the second CSI and the third DCI to the terminal. After the terminal needs to feed back to the network the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB and the HARQ-ACK for the fourth DCI TB, the terminal encapsulates the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB in the same package. One UCI is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB for the fourth DCI. It can be seen that according to the TCI of the third DCI sent by the first network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the third DCI includes the second CSI, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the third DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Correspondingly, according to the TCI of the fourth DCI sent by the second network device, it can be predicted that the UCI for the fourth DCI does not include the second CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the fourth DCI, so Receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
请参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法可以基于图2所示的通信系统来实现,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
步骤S901:第一网络设备向终端发送主DCI。Step S901: The first network device sends a master DCI to the terminal.
具体地,网络侧发送给终端的两个DCI中,一个是主DCI,另一个是辅DCI,其中,主DCI还可以为包含某个或某些特定参数的DCI,相应的,辅DCI可以为不包含某个或某些特定参数的DCI。其中,特定参数可以为载波指示信息(Carrier indicator)、部分带宽指示信息(Bandwidth part indicator)、速率匹配指示信息(Rate matching indicator)、零功率信道状态信息参考信号触发信息(zero power channel-state information–reference signal trigger,ZP CSI-RS trigger)。步骤S902:第二网络设备向终端发送辅DCI。Specifically, among the two DCIs sent to the terminal by the network side, one is the primary DCI and the other is the secondary DCI. The primary DCI may also be a DCI containing some or some specific parameters. Accordingly, the secondary DCI may be DCI that does not contain one or more specific parameters. Among them, the specific parameters may be carrier indication information (Carrier indication information), partial bandwidth indication information (Bandwidth indication information), rate matching indication information (Rate matching information), zero power channel state information reference signal trigger information (zero power channel-state information) --Reference signal trigger, ZP CSI-RS trigger). Step S902: The second network device sends a secondary DCI to the terminal.
可选的,主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同,即相当于主DCI的HARQ-ACK和辅DCI的HARQ-ACK同时发送 给网络侧。当然也可能主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙不同。Optionally, the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI, that is, the HARQ-ACK equivalent to the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the secondary DCI are sent to Network side. Of course, the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI may be different from the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI.
步骤S903:终端接收主DCI和辅DCI。Step S903: The terminal receives the primary DCI and the secondary DCI.
步骤S904:所述终端根据预配置信息生成第五上行控制信息UCI。Step S904: The terminal generates fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information.
具体地,所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK之间的关联关系,因此所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。Specifically, the pre-configuration information defines an association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI, so the fifth UCI includes the third channel state information CSI and the primary CSI. The hybrid automatic retransmission request of the DCI transport block TB requests confirmation of HARQ-ACK.
步骤S905:所述终端根据预配置信息生成第六上行控制信息UCI。Step S905: The terminal generates sixth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information.
具体地,该第六UCI包括针对所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK但不包括该第三CSI,因为该预设配置信息并未定义所述第三CSI与辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK之间的关联关系。Specifically, the sixth UCI includes HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI but does not include the third CSI, because the preset configuration information does not define the HARQ-ACK of the third CSI and the TB of the secondary DCI. The relationship between them.
步骤S906:终端向第一网络设备发送第五UCI。Step S906: The terminal sends a fifth UCI to the first network device.
具体地,终端根据该第五UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set来发送第五UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第三PUCCH resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还根据主DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第三PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第五UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第三PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第三PUCCH resource set上的第三PUCCH resource上发送该第五UCI。Specifically, the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the fifth UCI according to the number of bits of the fifth UCI. The determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a third PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the third PUCCH resource set sends the fifth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the main DCI. The determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the third PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. . After that, the terminal sends the fifth UCI on the third PUCCH resource on the third PUCCH resource set.
步骤S907:终端向第二网络设备发送第六UCI。Step S907: The terminal sends a sixth UCI to the second network device.
具体地,该终端还可以根据上述第六UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set发送该第六UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第四PUCCH resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还可以根据辅DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第四PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第六UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第四PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第四PUCCH resource set上的第四PUCCH resource上发送该第六UCI。Specifically, the terminal may also determine which PUCCH resource set to use to send the sixth UCI according to the bit number of the sixth UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a fourth PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal can also determine which PUCCH resource in the fourth PUCCH resource set sends the sixth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the secondary DCI. The determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the fourth PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource on the fourth PUCCH resource set.
步骤S908:第一网络设备接收终端发送的第五UCI。Step S908: The first network device receives the fifth UCI sent by the terminal.
具体地,由于协议的预配置信息中规定了第三CSI与针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的关联关系,因此第一网络设备也可以根据该预配置信息获知终端反馈给自己的UCI中会包含第三CSI和针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK,因此第一网络设备可以合理估算第五UCI的比特数,从而基于第五UCI的比特数确定终端会在上述第三PUCCH resource set上发送该第五UCI;另外,由于第三PUCCH resource是由该第一网络设备通过主DCI的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域指示给该终端的,因此该第一网络设备知道终端会在第三PUCCH resource上发送第五UCI。因此,该第一网络设备最终会在第三PUCCH resource set上的第三PUCCH resource上去接收(或者说检测)第五UCI。Specifically, because the pre-configuration information of the protocol specifies the association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the main DCI, the first network device can also learn from the UCI that the terminal feeds back to its own UCI according to the pre-configuration information. Contains the third CSI and HARQ-ACK for the primary DCI TB, so the first network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the fifth UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the fifth UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send on the third PUCCH resource set The fifth UCI; in addition, because the third PUCCH resource is indicated to the terminal by the PUCCH resource indicator field of the primary DCI by the first network device, the first network device knows that the terminal will be at the third PUCCH resource Send the fifth UCI on. Therefore, the first network device will finally receive (or detect) the fifth UCI on the third PUCCH resource on the third PUCCH resource set.
步骤S909:第二网络设备接收终端发送的第六UCI。Step S909: The second network device receives the sixth UCI sent by the terminal.
具体地,由于协议的预配置信息中规定了第三CSI与针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的关联关系,因此第二网络设备知道终端反馈给自己的UCI中会包含针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK但是不包含第三CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理估算 第六UCI的比特数,从而基于第六UCI的比特数确定终端会在上述第四PUCCH resource set上发送该第六UCI;另外,由于第四PUCCH resource是由该第二网络设备通过辅DCI的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域指示给该终端的,因此该第二网络设备知道终端会在第四PUCCH resource上发送第六UCI。因此,该第二网络设备最终会在第四PUCCH resource set上的第四PUCCH resource上去接收(或者说检测)第六UCI。Specifically, since the association information of the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI is specified in the pre-configuration information of the protocol, the second network device knows that the UCI that the terminal feedbacks to it will include the TB for the secondary DCI. HARQ-ACK does not include the third CSI, so the second network device can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the sixth UCI, so that based on the number of bits of the sixth UCI, it is determined that the terminal will send the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource set; In addition, since the fourth PUCCH resource is indicated to the terminal by the second network device through the PUCCH resource indicator field of the secondary DCI, the second network device knows that the terminal will send the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource . Therefore, the second network device will eventually receive (or detect) the sixth UCI on the fourth PUCCH resource on the fourth PUCCH resource set.
在一种可选的方案中,该第一网络设备接收到第五UCI之后,解析出该第五UCI中的第三CSI,然后将该第三CSI发送给第二网络设备。相应地,该第二网络设备接收该第三CSI。In an optional solution, after receiving the fifth UCI, the first network device parses the third CSI in the fifth UCI, and then sends the third CSI to the second network device. Accordingly, the second network device receives the third CSI.
在一种可选的情况中,多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送,在这种情况下,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。也即是说,针对该一个主DCI的UCI包含该第三CSI,而针对其他主DCI的UCI不包含该第三CSI。其中,该一个主DCI可以为协议中预先规定的一个主DCI(该协议规定的内容可以被第一网络设备和终端获知),或者为按照协议中定义的一个筛选规则筛选出的一个主DCI(第一网络设备和终端可以基于该筛选规则筛选出相同的主DCI)。In an optional case, the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot. In this case, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and the multiple CSIs. HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of one of the main DCIs. That is, the UCI for the one primary DCI includes the third CSI, and the UCI for the other primary DCIs does not include the third CSI. The primary DCI may be a primary DCI specified in the protocol in advance (the content specified in the protocol may be known by the first network device and the terminal), or a primary DCI screened out according to a screening rule defined in the protocol ( The first network device and the terminal may filter out the same master DCI based on the filtering rule.
在图9所描述的方法中,协议的预配置信息中规定了第三CSI与针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的关联关系,因此,终端可根据预配置信息获知第三CSI与主DCI存在关联。之后当终端向网络侧反馈针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,终端将第三CSI和针对主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中,而不是和针对辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK封装在同一个UCI中。另外,第一网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对主DCI的UCI中包含第三CSI,因此第一网络设备可以合理预估针对主DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。相应地,第二网络设备也可以根据预配置信息获知针对辅DCI的UCI中不包含第三CSI,因此第二网络设备可以合理预估针对辅DCI的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。In the method described in FIG. 9, the pre-configuration information of the protocol specifies the association relationship between the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI. Therefore, the terminal can learn that the third CSI and the primary DCI exist according to the pre-configuration information. Associated. After the terminal feeds back the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI to the network, the terminal encapsulates the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB for the primary DCI in the same UCI. It is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the secondary DCI. In addition, the first network device can also learn that the UCI for the primary DCI contains the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the primary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH can be obtained. The UCI is received on the resource. Correspondingly, the second network device can also learn that the UCI for the secondary DCI does not include the third CSI according to the pre-configuration information. Therefore, the second network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI for the secondary DCI, so that the correct PUCCH resource is set. And receive the UCI on the PUCCH resource.
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,该方法可以基于图2所示的通信系统来实现,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method may be implemented based on the communication system shown in FIG. Limited to the following steps:
步骤S1001:第一网络设备向终端发送第五DCI。Step S1001: The first network device sends a fifth DCI to the terminal.
具体地,第一网络设备向终端发送的DCI称为第五DCI以方便后续描述。Specifically, the DCI sent by the first network device to the terminal is referred to as a fifth DCI to facilitate subsequent description.
步骤S1002:第二网络设备向终端发送第六DCI。Step S1002: The second network device sends a sixth DCI to the terminal.
具体地,第二网络设备向终端发送的DCI称为第六DCI以方便后续描述。可选的,第五DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同,即相当于第五DCI的HARQ-ACK和第六DCI的HARQ-ACK需要同时发送给网络侧。当然也可能第五DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙不同。Specifically, the DCI sent by the second network device to the terminal is referred to as a sixth DCI to facilitate subsequent description. Optionally, the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fifth DCI is the same as the reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the sixth DCI, which is equivalent to the HARQ-ACK of the fifth DCI and the HARQ- of the sixth DCI. ACK needs to be sent to the network side at the same time. Of course, the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the fifth DCI may be different from the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the sixth DCI.
步骤S1003:终端在第一时隙接收第五DCI和第六DCI。Step S1003: The terminal receives the fifth DCI and the sixth DCI in the first time slot.
步骤S1004:所述终端根据第五DCI生成第七UCI,以及根据第六DCI生成第八UCI。Step S1004: The terminal generates a seventh UCI according to the fifth DCI, and generates an eighth UCI according to the sixth DCI.
具体地,第一网络设备、第二网络设备和终端所在的通信系统可以通过协议预先规定好,即针对DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK不与CSI封装在相同UCI中,因此,终端在生成第七UCI和第八UCI时,第七UCI包括针对第五DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK但不包括第四CSI,第八UCI包括针对第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK但不包括第四CSI。Specifically, the communication system in which the first network device, the second network device, and the terminal are located can be pre-defined through a protocol, that is, the HARQ-ACK for the DCI TB is not encapsulated in the same UCI as the CSI. Therefore, the terminal is generating a seventh For UCI and eighth UCI, the seventh UCI includes the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the fifth DCI but does not include the fourth CSI, and the eighth UCI includes the HARQ-ACK for the TB of the sixth DCI but does not include the fourth CSI.
步骤S1005:所述终端向第一网络设备发送第七UCI。Step S1005: The terminal sends a seventh UCI to the first network device.
具体地,终端根据该第七UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set来发送第七UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第五PUCCH resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还根据第五DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第五PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第七UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第五PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第五PUCCH resource set上的第五PUCCH resource上发送该第七UCI。Specifically, the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the seventh UCI according to the number of bits of the seventh UCI, and the determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a fifth PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the fifth PUCCH resource set sends the seventh UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the fifth DCI. The determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the fifth PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent follow-up. description. After that, the terminal sends the seventh UCI on the fifth PUCCH resource on the fifth PUCCH resource set.
步骤S1006:所述终端向第二网络设备发送第八UCI。Step S1006: The terminal sends an eighth UCI to the second network device.
具体地,终端根据该第八UCI的比特数确定使用哪一个PUCCH resource set来发送第八UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource set可以称为第六PUCCH resource set以方便后续描述。另外,该终端还根据第六DCI包含的PUCCH resource指示(indicator)域确定在第六PUCCH resource set中哪一个PUCCH resource发送第八UCI,确定出的PUCCH resource可以称为第六PUCCH resource以方便后续描述。之后,该终端在第六PUCCH resource set上的第六PUCCH resource上发送该第八UCI。Specifically, the terminal determines which PUCCH resource set to use to send the eighth UCI according to the number of bits of the eighth UCI. The determined PUCCH resource set may be referred to as a sixth PUCCH resource set to facilitate subsequent description. In addition, the terminal also determines which PUCCH resource in the sixth PUCCH resource set sends the eighth UCI according to the PUCCH resource indicator field included in the sixth DCI. The determined PUCCH resource can be referred to as the sixth PUCCH resource to facilitate subsequent description. After that, the terminal sends the eighth UCI on the sixth PUCCH resource on the sixth PUCCH resource set.
步骤S1007:所述第一网络设备接收所述第七UCI。Step S1007: The first network device receives the seventh UCI.
具体地,第一网络设备可以根据协议获知终端将发送给自己的第七UCI不包括第四CSI,因此可以合理预估第七UCI的比特数,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收第七UCI。即在第五PUCCH resource set上的第五PUCCH resource上接收该第七UCI。Specifically, the first network device can know that the seventh UCI that the terminal will send to itself does not include the fourth CSI according to the protocol, so it can reasonably estimate the number of bits of the seventh UCI, and receive it on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource. Seventh UCI. That is, the seventh UCI is received on the fifth PUCCH resource on the fifth PUCCH resource set.
步骤S1008:所述第二网络设备接收所述第八UCI。Step S1008: The second network device receives the eighth UCI.
具体地,第二网络设备可以根据协议获知终端将发送给自己的第八UCI不包括第四CSI,因此可以合理预估第八UCI的比特数,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收第八UCI。即在第六PUCCH resource set上的第六PUCCH resource上接收该第八UCI。Specifically, the second network device can know that the eighth UCI that the terminal will send to itself does not include the fourth CSI according to the protocol, so the number of bits of the eighth UCI can be reasonably estimated, so as to receive on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource Eighth UCI. That is, the eighth UCI is received on the sixth PUCCH resource on the sixth PUCCH resource set.
步骤S1009:所述终端根据第四信道状态信息CSI的CSI上报配置信息向所述第一网络设备或者第二网络设备发送第四CSI。Step S1009: The terminal sends the fourth CSI to the first network device or the second network device according to the CSI reporting configuration information of the fourth channel state information CSI.
可选的,此处的第四CSI是指需要与第八UCI和第七UCI在相同时隙发送到网络侧的CSI。第四CSI并没有封装在第七UCI或者第八UCI中,而是由终端单独发送到网络侧,发送时承载该第四CSI的资源为该第四CSI的CSI上报配置信息(CSI-ReportConfig)所配置的时频资源。进一步地,终端可能将第四CSI发送给网络侧的第一网络设备或网络侧的第二网络设备。发送给哪个网络设备则哪个网络设备相应地接收该第四CSI。可选的,第一网络设备和第二网络设备中接收到第四CSI的一个网络设备可以将第四CSI发送给另一个网络设备。Optionally, the fourth CSI here refers to CSI that needs to be sent to the network side in the same time slot as the eighth UCI and the seventh UCI. The fourth CSI is not encapsulated in the seventh UCI or the eighth UCI, but is sent by the terminal to the network side, and the resource carrying the fourth CSI is the CSI report configuration information (CSI-ReportConfig) of the fourth CSI. Configured time-frequency resources. Further, the terminal may send the fourth CSI to the first network device on the network side or the second network device on the network side. Which network device is sent to which network device receives the fourth CSI accordingly. Optionally, one network device among the first network device and the second network device that has received the fourth CSI may send the fourth CSI to another network device.
在图10所示的方法中,终端向第一网络设备反馈的第七UCI和向第二网络设备反馈的第八UCI中都不会包含第四CSI,第四CSI是独立于HARQ-ACK单独发送到网络侧的。相应地,第一网络设备和第二网络设备每次在接收到UCI时,在预估UCI的比特数的过程中都不需要考虑第四CSI,第一网络设备和第二网络设备各自根据预估的UCI的比特数大小在正确得PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收UCI。In the method shown in FIG. 10, neither the seventh UCI fed back by the terminal to the first network device nor the eighth UCI fed back to the second network device will include the fourth CSI. The fourth CSI is independent of the HARQ-ACK. Sent to the network side. Accordingly, each time the first network device and the second network device receive the UCI, the fourth CSI need not be considered in the process of estimating the UCI bit number, and the first network device and the second network device respectively The estimated UCI bit size is received on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
上述图7所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确定复用方法的实施例,以及,是以第一网络设备向终端发送CSI上报配置信息,并且该CSI上报配置信息中携带下行控制信息第一DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数为例进行说明的,所述终端从被配置的用于传输第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第一UCI,第一UCI包括所述第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK。因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该UCI。An embodiment of the method for determining multiplexing of channel state information and a hybrid automatic retransmission request shown in FIG. 7 described above, and the first network device sends the CSI report configuration information to the terminal, and the CSI report configuration information carries Downlink control information The downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first DCI are described as an example. The terminal uses the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK configured for the transmission block TB of the first DCI. Select one PUCCH resource in the set, and send the first UCI, where the first UCI includes the first CSI and HARQ-ACK for the TB of the first DCI. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so as to receive the UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
图8所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确定复用方法实施例与此类似,终端从被配置的传输第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第三UCI,第三UCI包括所述第二CSI和针对所述第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK。因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该第三UCI。An embodiment of a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request determination multiplexing method shown in FIG. 8 is similar to this. A terminal sets a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set of a HARQ-ACK from a TB that is configured to transmit a third DCI. And selecting a PUCCH resource, and sending the third UCI, the third UCI including the second CSI and the HARQ-ACK for the third DCI TB. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so as to receive the third UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
图9所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确定复用方法实施例与此类似,终端从被配置给主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第五UCI,第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。因此第一网络设备可以合理预估发送给第一网络设备的UCI的大小,从而在正确的PUCCH resource set和PUCCH resource上接收该第五UCI。The embodiment of a channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request determination multiplexing method shown in FIG. 9 is similar to this. The terminal sets a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set from the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB configured to the main DCI. And selecting a PUCCH resource to send the fifth UCI, the fifth UCI including the third CSI and the hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for the transport block TB of the primary DCI. Therefore, the first network device can reasonably estimate the size of the UCI sent to the first network device, so as to receive the fifth UCI on the correct PUCCH resource set and PUCCH resource.
如果CSI上报配置信息中没有携带任何下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数,如果第一CSI和第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK没有重叠的情况下,终端按照图10所述的方法来执行,也即第一CSI和第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK分别选择各自的PUCCH资源发送UCI。If the CSI report configuration information does not carry any downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the DCI, if the first CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the first DCI, the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI When there is no overlap, the terminal executes the method described in FIG. 10, that is, the HARQ-ACK of the first CSI and the transmission block TB of the first DCI, and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI select their respective PUCCH resources. Send UCI.
如果第一CSI和第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK、第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK中的一个HARQ-ACK重叠,那么终端将第一CSI与重叠的那个HARQ-ACK进行复用,然后将剩下的那个HARQ-ACK单独发送。如果第二CSI和第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK、第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK中的一个HARQ-ACK重叠,那么终端将第二CSI与重叠的那个HARQ-ACK进行复用,然后将剩下的那个HARQ-ACK单独发送。If one of the HARQ-ACKs of the first CSI and the transport block TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI overlap, the terminal multiplexes the first CSI with the overlapping HARQ-ACK , And then send the remaining HARQ-ACK separately. If one of the HARQ-ACKs of the second CSI and the transmission block TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI overlap, the terminal multiplexes the second CSI with the overlapping HARQ-ACK , And then send the remaining HARQ-ACK separately.
上述图7所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确定复用方法的实施例,是以网络设备向终端发送CSI上报配置信息,并且该CSI上报配置信息中携带下行控制信息第一DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数,并且该下行控制信息配 置信息或者下行控制参数有对应的DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK为例进行说明的。网络设备通过CSI上报配置信息中携带的下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数指示终端,需要根据DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数的指示,将相应的CSI和HARQ-ACK进行复用后反馈。这个DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数的有无,相当于一个指示终端如何反馈CSI和HARQ-ACK的指令。The embodiment of the method for determining multiplexing of channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request shown in FIG. 7 described above uses a network device to send CSI report configuration information to a terminal, and the CSI report configuration information carries downlink control information. The downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of a DCI, and the HARQ-ACK of the TB corresponding to the DCI of the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters are described as an example. The network equipment reports the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the DCI carried in the configuration information by the CSI to instruct the terminal, and according to the downlink control information configuration information of the DCI or the indication of the downlink control parameters, the corresponding CSI and HARQ- ACK is fed back after multiplexing. The presence or absence of downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the DCI is equivalent to an instruction instructing the terminal how to feed back CSI and HARQ-ACK.
以下将描述,如果CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK时,终端将如何反馈CSI和HARQ-ACK。The following will describe how the terminal will feedback the CSI and HARQ-ACK if the downlink control information configuration information included in the CSI report configuration information or the HARQ-ACK of the TB of which the DCI does not correspond to the DCI.
一种情况如图11所示,第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。In one case, as shown in FIG. 11, the PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI and the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI do not overlap.
针对如图11所示的情况,参见图12,为本申请提供一种上行控制信息发送方法和相应的接收方法的流程示意图,包括:In view of the situation shown in FIG. 11, and referring to FIG. 12, a schematic flowchart of an uplink control information sending method and a corresponding receiving method is provided for the present application, including:
步骤1200,网络设备向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Step 1200: The network device sends channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal. The CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirming HARQ for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter. -ACK;
该CSI上报配置信息可以是第九网络设备发送的,也可以是其他网络设备发送的,图示以第九网络设备发送的为例进行说明,本申请不限于此。The CSI report configuration information may be sent by a ninth network device, or may be sent by another network device. The illustration uses the ninth network device as an example for illustration, and the application is not limited thereto.
步骤1201,终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息;Step 1201: The terminal receives channel state information and reports configuration information.
步骤1202,终端发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。Step 1202: The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI. The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB.
步骤1203,第十网络设备接收来自所述终端的第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,第九网络设备在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI。Step 1203: The tenth network device receives the tenth UCI from the terminal, the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and the ninth network device corresponds to the PUCCH corresponding to the ninth CSI. Receive the ninth UCI on the resource.
具体的,第九网络设备认为第九CSI和第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK不重叠,因此,仅仅在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,而第十网络设备知道第九CSI和第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK不重叠,因此,仅仅在第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI。Specifically, the ninth network device considers that the HARQ-ACKs of the ninth CSI and the tenth DCI transmission block TB do not overlap. Therefore, the ninth UCI is received only on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI, and the tenth network device It is known that the HARQ-ACK of the ninth CSI and the tenth DCI transport block TB does not overlap, and therefore, the ninth UCI is received only on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB.
一种情况如图13所示,传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠。In one case, as shown in FIG. 13, the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI and the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI overlap.
针对如图13所示的情况,参见图14,为本申请提供一种上行控制信息发送方法和相应的接收方法的流程示意图,包括:For the situation shown in FIG. 13, and referring to FIG. 14, a schematic flowchart of an uplink control information sending method and a corresponding receiving method is provided for this application, including:
步骤1300,网络设备向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Step 1300: The network device sends channel state information to the terminal to report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirming HARQ for a transmission block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter. -ACK;
传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠;该CSI上报配置信息可以是第九网络设备发送的,也可以是其他网络设备发送的,图示以第九网络设备发送的为例进行说明,本申请不限于此。The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; the CSI report configuration information may be sent by the ninth network device or other network devices, as shown in the figure The description is given by using an example sent by a ninth network device, and the application is not limited thereto.
步骤1301,终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第九下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;Step 1301: The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the ninth downlink control information DCI.
步骤1302,终端丢弃所述第九CSI,第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;终端发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK;Step 1302: The terminal discards the ninth CSI. The ninth CSI is measured according to the configuration information reported by the CSI. The terminal sends a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ- of the tenth DCI transmission block TB. ACK;
步骤1303,第九网络设备在第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九CSI但是接收不到第九CSI,第十网络设备接收来自所述终端的第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。Step 1303: The ninth network device receives the ninth CSI but cannot receive the ninth CSI on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI, and the tenth network device receives the tenth UCI from the terminal, and the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB.
具体的,第九网络设备默认会在第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九CSI,但是由于终端因为没有第九DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,因此也没有响应的PUCCH资源可以代传第九CSI,终端已经丢弃第九CSI,第九网络设备接收不到第九CSI。第十网络设备发现第九CSI对应的第九DCI携带的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数与第十DCI携带的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数不同,因此第十网络设备仅仅在第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK对应的PUCCH资源上接收HARQ-ACK。Specifically, the ninth network device receives the ninth CSI by default on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI, but since the terminal does not have a HARQ-ACK for the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation for the ninth DCI transmission block TB, it does not have The responding PUCCH resource can pass the ninth CSI on behalf of the terminal, the terminal has discarded the ninth CSI, and the ninth network device cannot receive the ninth CSI. The tenth network device finds that the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters carried by the ninth DCI corresponding to the ninth CSI is different from the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters carried by the tenth DCI, so the tenth network device is only in the tenth The HARQ-ACK is received on the PUCCH resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK of the DCI transport block TB.
本申请还提供了一种方法,无论是针对图11所示的第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠,还是针对图12所示的传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠,都可以发送第九CSI和第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。This application also provides a method, whether the PUCCH resources for the ninth CSI shown in FIG. 11 and the HARC-ACK PUCCH resources of the tenth DCI transmission block TB do not overlap, or for the transmission The PUCCH resources of the ninth CSI and the PUCCH resources of the HARQ-ACK transmitting the transmission block TB of the tenth DCI overlap, and both can send the HARQ-ACK of the ninth CSI and the transmission block TB of the tenth DCI.
参见图15,本申请提供的一种上行控制信息发送和相应的接收方法,包括:15, a method for sending and receiving uplink control information provided in this application includes:
步骤1400,网络设备向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Step 1400: The network device sends channel state information to the terminal to report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI to confirm HARQ. -ACK;
该CSI上报配置信息可以是第九网络设备发送的,也可以是其他网络设备发送的,图示以第九网络设备发送的为例进行说明,本申请不限于此。The CSI report configuration information may be sent by a ninth network device, or may be sent by another network device. The illustration uses the ninth network device as an example for illustration, and the application is not limited thereto.
步骤1401,终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Step 1401: The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter;
步骤1402,终端发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK;其中,所述终端从被配置用于传输第九DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源,第九UCI承载在选出的PUCCH资源上;Step 1402: The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carrying the ninth CSI, and the tenth UCI carrying a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; wherein the terminal A PUCCH resource selected from a PUCCH resource set configured to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a transport block TB of the ninth DCI, and the ninth UCI is carried on the selected PUCCH resource;
步骤1403,第九网络设备从给所述终端配置的用于第九DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;接收来自所述终端的第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述选择的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI。Step 1403: The ninth network device selects a PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set of the HARQ-ACK for the ninth DCI transmission block TB configured for the terminal; receives the tenth UCI from the terminal, so The tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB, and receives a ninth UCI on the selected PUCCH resource, and the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
具体的,终端和第九网络设备都是按照确定传输HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源的方法,从给所述终端配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源,终端发送第九UCI,第九网络设备接收第九UCI。从PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源的方式可以是根据UCI比特选择合适的PUCCH resource set,在PUCCH resource set中选择固定的第n个PUCCH资源,n的取 值是自然数。Specifically, both the terminal and the ninth network device are selected from the PUCCH resource set configured for the terminal to transmit the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the ninth DCI according to the method for determining the PUCCH resource of transmitting the HARQ-ACK. For a PUCCH resource, the terminal sends the ninth UCI, and the ninth network device receives the ninth UCI. A way to select a PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set may be to select an appropriate PUCCH resource set according to the UCI bit, and select a fixed n-th PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set. The value of n is a natural number.
以上实施例中,终端在每个时隙中可以发送多个PUCCH,因此UCI的格式(format)支持在一个时隙内包含长格式(long format)+长格式(long format)的形式。In the above embodiments, the terminal may send multiple PUCCHs in each time slot, so the format of UCI supports a form including a long format + a long format in one time slot.
相应的,如图4所示的终端400,其在执行如图12所示的方法时:Accordingly, when the terminal 400 shown in FIG. 4 executes the method shown in FIG. 12:
收发器的接收器408,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The receiver 408 of the transceiver is configured to receive channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
收发器的发射器406,用于发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。The transmitter 406 of the transceiver is configured to send a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI. The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the first Ten UCIs carry the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB. The PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
如图4所示的终端400,其在执行如图14所示的方法时:The terminal 400 shown in FIG. 4, when executing the method shown in FIG. 14:
收发器的接收器408,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The receiver 408 of the transceiver is configured to receive channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
处理器404,用于丢弃所述第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述收发器的发射器406,还用于发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠。The processor 404 is configured to discard the ninth CSI, where the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the transmitter 406 of the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, and the first Ten UCIs carry the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB. The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
如图4所示的一种终端400,其在执行如图15所示的方法时:A terminal 400 shown in FIG. 4, when executing the method shown in FIG. 15:
收发器的接收器408,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The receiver 408 of the transceiver is configured to receive channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transmission block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
处理器404,用于从被配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;A processor 404, configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a TB of a ninth DCI;
收发器的发射器406,还用于发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述处理器选择的PUCCH资源上发送第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI。所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。The transmitter 406 of the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and sends a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor. , The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI. The ninth CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information.
相应的,如图6所示的网络设备,其在执行如图12所示的方法时:Correspondingly, when the network device shown in FIG. 6 executes the method shown in FIG. 12:
收发器的发射器605,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The transmitter 605 of the transceiver is configured to send channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠;The PUCCH resource of the ninth CSI does not overlap with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
收发器的接收器606,还用于接收第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI。The receiver 606 of the transceiver is further configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receives a ninth on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI UCI.
如图6所示的网络设备,其在执行如图14所示的方法时:When the network device shown in FIG. 6 executes the method shown in FIG. 14:
收发器的发射器605,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The transmitter 605 of the transceiver is configured to send channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠;The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
收发器的接收器606,还用于接收第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。The receiver 606 of the transceiver is further configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB.
如图6所示的网络设备,其在执行如图15所示的方法时:When the network device shown in FIG. 6 executes the method shown in FIG. 15:
收发器的发射器605,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The transmitter 605 of the transceiver is configured to send channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI. Confirm HARQ-ACK;
处理器601,还用于从给终端配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;The processor 601 is further configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured for the terminal to transmit the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the ninth DCI;
收发器的接收器606,用于接收第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述处理器选择的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI。The receiver 606 of the transceiver is configured to receive a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and receives a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI.
前述的如图7所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中,与所述第一CSI复用的所述第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第一DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。所述第二DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第二DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。In the foregoing channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method shown in FIG. 7, the HARQ-ACK of the first DCI transmission block TB multiplexed with the first CSI is The HARQ-ACK after the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first DCI is merged with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI, and the other DCI corresponds to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameter as the first DCI, and Feedback in the same time unit. The HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the second DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first DCI The two DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
其中,所述第一CSI为所述第一DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数对应的多个CSI中优先级最高的CSI,可选的,所述多个CSI中的至少一个CSI为进行CSI复用后的CSI。The first CSI is the downlink control information configuration information of the first DCI or the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the downlink control parameters. Optionally, at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
具体的,对携带相同的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数的CSI上报配置信息而言,其对应的多个CSI叫做一组CSI。终端需要判断一组CSI对应的CSI上报配置信息内的PUCCH的资源之间的重叠(overlap)的情况,当PUCCH资源是overlap的,需要确定CSI之间的复用以及对应的PUCCH资源;在一组CSI中,按照复用后CSI的优先级从高到低进行排序,然后再将优先级最高的CSI与前述的CSI上报配置信息包括下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数对应的DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK进行复用。可选的,该DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK为该DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述该DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且是需要在同一时间单元反馈的。Specifically, for CSI reporting configuration information carrying the same downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, the corresponding multiple CSIs are called a set of CSI. The terminal needs to determine the overlap between PUCCH resources in the CSI report configuration information corresponding to a set of CSI. When the PUCCH resources are overlapped, it is necessary to determine the multiplexing between the CSIs and the corresponding PUCCH resources. In the group CSI, the CSI is sorted according to the priority of the multiplexed CSI from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority and the aforementioned CSI report configuration information include downlink control information configuration information or DCI transmission blocks corresponding to downlink control parameters. TB HARQ-ACK is multiplexed. Optionally, the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCIs are the same as the DCI. The downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and feedback is required at the same time unit.
其中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET的第七标识;所述 第一DCI为所述第七标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。The downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier of the control resource set CORESET; and the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier.
前述的如图8所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中,所述第三DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第三DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。所述第四DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第四DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第四DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。In the foregoing channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method shown in FIG. 8, the HARQ-ACK of the third DCI transmission block TB is the HARQ of the third DCI TB. -HARQ-ACK after ACK is merged with HARQ-ACK of TB of other DCI, the other DCI and the third DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit. The HARQ-ACK of the fourth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the fourth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first The four DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
针对第三DCI中的TCI,终端需要判断该TCI中的第五标识确定第五标识所标识的参考信号端口,进而确定对应的DMRS组,进而确定与DMRS组具有QCL关系的CSI-RS端口组,对包含该组中CSI-RS端口的CSI上报配置而言,其对应的CSI叫做一组CSI。对一组CSI而言,首先判断PUCCH资源之间的重叠(overlap)的情况,当PUCCH资源是overlap的,需要确定CSI之间的复用以及对应的PUCCH资源;在一组CSI中,按照复用后CSI的优先级从高到低进行排序,然后再将优先级最高的CSI与前述的TCI对应的DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK进行复用。可选的,该DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK为终端在一个时隙内,针对所述该DCI所要反馈的至少一个HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK。For the TCI in the third DCI, the terminal needs to judge the fifth identifier in the TCI to determine the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier, and then determine the corresponding DMRS group, and then determine the CSI-RS port group that has a QCL relationship with the DMRS group. For a CSI report configuration including a CSI-RS port in the group, the corresponding CSI is called a group of CSI. For a group of CSI, first determine the overlap between PUCCH resources. When the PUCCH resource is overlapped, it is necessary to determine the multiplexing between CSI and the corresponding PUCCH resource. In a group of CSI, After the CSI is used, the priority is sorted from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority is multiplexed with the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the DCI corresponding to the aforementioned TCI. Optionally, the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the DCI is a HARQ-ACK combined by the terminal for at least one HARQ-ACK to be fed back for the DCI in a time slot.
所述终端向第一网络设备发送所述第三UCI时,所述终端从被配置的用于传输第三DCI指示的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第三UCI。When the terminal sends the third UCI to the first network device, the terminal selects a PUCCH resource from a physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set configured to transmit the HARQ-ACK indicated by the third DCI, and sends the PUCCH resource. The third UCI is described.
前述的如图9所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中,所述主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述主DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。所述辅DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述辅DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。In the foregoing channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method shown in FIG. 9, the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the primary DCI is the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI. The HARQ-ACK after being merged with the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, the other DCI and the main DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit. The HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the secondary DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCIs correspond to the secondary DCI. The same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters are fed back in the same time unit.
其中,所述第三CSI为所述主DCI对应的多个CSI中优先级最高的CSI,可选的,所述多个CSI中的至少一个CSI为进行CSI复用后的CSI。The third CSI is the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the primary DCI. Optionally, at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
具体的,终端需要判断多个CSI(一组CSI)对应的CSI上报配置信息内的PUCCH的资源,当PUCCH资源是overlap的,需要确定CSI之间的复用以及对应的PUCCH资源;在一组CSI中,按照复用后CSI的优先级从高到低进行排序,然后再将优先级最高的CSI与前述的主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK进行复用。可选的,该主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述主DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且需要在同一时间单元反馈的。可选的,终端从被配置的用于传输第五DCI指示的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第五UCI。终端从被配置的用于传输第六DCI指示 的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第六UCI。可选的,当前时隙中没有主DCI时,终端从被配置的用于传输主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中,根据UCI的比特数选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第五UCI。Specifically, the terminal needs to determine the PUCCH resources in the CSI reporting configuration information corresponding to multiple CSIs (a group of CSIs). When the PUCCH resources are overlapped, it is necessary to determine the multiplexing between the CSIs and the corresponding PUCCH resources. In the CSI, the priority of the CSI after multiplexing is sorted from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority is multiplexed with the HARQ-ACK of the aforementioned transport block TB of the main DCI. Optionally, the HARQ-ACK of the transmission block TB of the primary DCI is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the The primary DCI corresponds to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and needs to be fed back at the same time unit. Optionally, the terminal selects one PUCCH resource from the set of physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources configured to transmit the HARQ-ACK indicated by the fifth DCI, and sends the fifth UCI. The terminal selects one PUCCH resource from the set of physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources configured to transmit the HARQ-ACK indicated by the sixth DCI, and sends the sixth UCI. Optionally, when there is no primary DCI in the current time slot, the terminal selects a PUCCH resource based on the number of UCI bits from the physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource set of the HARQ-ACK configured to transmit the transmission block TB of the primary DCI , Sending the fifth UCI.
前述的如图10所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中,所述第五DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第五DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第五DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。所述第六DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第六DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第六DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。In the foregoing channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method shown in FIG. 10, the HARQ-ACK of the fifth DCI transmission block TB is the HARQ of the fifth DCI TB. -HARQ-ACK after ACK is merged with HARQ-ACK of TB of other DCI, the other DCI and the fifth DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit. The HARQ-ACK of the sixth DCI transmission block TB is a HARQ-ACK obtained by combining the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the sixth DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of another DCI, and the other DCI and the first DCI Six DCIs correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit.
前述的如图11~图15所示的一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中,所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第十DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第十DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数,并且在同一个时间单元反馈。In the foregoing channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 15, the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB is the value of the tenth DCI. The HARQ-ACK of the TB's HARQ-ACK combined with the HARQ-ACK of the other DCI's TB. The other DCI and the tenth DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters, and are fed back in the same time unit .
其中,所述第九CSI为所述第九DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数对应的多个CSI中优先级最高的CSI,可选的,所述多个CSI中的至少一个CSI为进行CSI复用后的CSI。The ninth CSI is the downlink control information configuration information of the ninth DCI or the CSI with the highest priority among the multiple CSIs corresponding to the downlink control parameters. Optionally, at least one of the multiple CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
具体的,对携带相同的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数的CSI上报配置信息而言,其对应的CSI叫做一组CSI。终端需要判断一组CSI对应的CSI上报配置信息内的PUCCH的资源之间的重叠(overlap)的情况,当PUCCH资源是overlap的,需要确定CSI之间的复用以及对应的PUCCH资源;在一组CSI中,按照复用后CSI的优先级从高到低进行排序,然后将最高优先级的CSI作为第九CSI进行上报。Specifically, for CSI reporting configuration information carrying the same downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, the corresponding CSI is called a set of CSI. The terminal needs to determine the overlap between PUCCH resources in the CSI report configuration information corresponding to a set of CSI. When the PUCCH resources are overlapped, it is necessary to determine the multiplexing between the CSIs and the corresponding PUCCH resources. In the group CSI, the CSI is sorted according to the priority of the multiplexed CSI from high to low, and then the CSI with the highest priority is reported as the ninth CSI.
其中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET的第七标识;所述第一DCI为所述第七标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。The downlink control information configuration information includes a seventh identifier of the control resource set CORESET; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier.
其中,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括第八标识,所述第八标识是CORESET上的扰码;所述第一DCI为所述第八标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。The downlink control information configuration information includes an eighth identifier, and the eighth identifier is a scrambling code on CORESET. The first DCI is a DCI carried on CORESET identified by the eighth identifier.
前述图7,图11-15所示的实施例中,以CSI上报配置信息(CSI-report-config)中添加下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数为例进行说明的,例如添加控制资源集标识(CORESET id)等等,以指示终端将相应的CSI和HARQ-ACK进行复用后上报的。In the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 11-15, description is made by adding downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters to the CSI report configuration information (CSI-report-config) as an example, for example, adding a control resource set identifier (CORESET id) and so on, to instruct the terminal to report the corresponding CSI and HARQ-ACK after multiplexing.
另一种实现方式中,可以在协议中默认规定或固定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数来指示终端。例如将CORESET id或者PDCCH-Config id或者searchspace id或者扰码标识等设置为某个固定值。例如协议中一共规定了3个CORESET,其中CORESET 0用于公共DCI,CORESET1对应不同的第一网络设备,CORESET2对应 第二网络设备,而在PUCCH资源上传输的CSI是周期性的或者半静态的,因此可以规定绑定某个CORESET。In another implementation manner, downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters may be prescribed or fixed by default in the protocol to indicate the terminal. For example, the CORESET ID, PDCCH-Config ID, searchspace ID, or scrambling code identifier are set to a certain fixed value. For example, a total of 3 CORESETs are specified in the protocol, where CORESET0 is used for public DCI, CORESET1 corresponds to a different first network device, CORESET2 corresponds to a second network device, and the CSI transmitted on the PUCCH resource is periodic or semi-static , So you can specify a CORESET.
此时,首先需要一个信令通知终端,将CSI与某个固定的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数绑定,例如CORESET id为1,或者PDCCH-Config id为1等等,该信令可以是单独的信令,也可以利用CSI-report-config或者PUCCH-config实现,还可以通过协议指定。At this time, a signaling is first required to notify the terminal to bind the CSI to a certain downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameter, for example, CORESET id is 1, or PDCCH-Config id is 1, etc. The signaling can be It is a separate signaling, which can also be implemented using CSI-report-config or PUCCH-config, and can also be specified through a protocol.
终端首先确定多个CSI对应的CSI-report-config内的PUCCH的资源位置,根据资源位置之间的overlap的情况,当PUCCH资源是overlap的,首先进行CSI之间的复用,以及确定复用后的CSI对应的PUCCH资源;然后,对复用后CSI按照优先级从高到低进行排序。The terminal first determines the PUCCH resource locations in the CSI-report-config corresponding to multiple CSIs. According to the overlap between resource locations, when the PUCCH resources are overlapped, the CSI is first multiplexed, and the multiplexing is determined. PUCCH resources corresponding to the subsequent CSI; then, the CSI after multiplexing is sorted according to the priority from high to low.
如果该时间单元中CORESET id=1,并且其存在关联的ACK,CSI始终与CORESET id为1所关联的ACK进行复用和反馈,具体的可以参考前述如图7所示的实施例。如果CORESET id为1不存在关联的ACK,按照前述图11-图15对应的任一实施例进行操作。If CORESET id = 1 in this time unit and there is an associated ACK, the CSI is always multiplexed and fed back with the ACK associated with CORESET id = 1. For details, refer to the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 7. If the CORESET id is 1, and there is no associated ACK, operate according to any one of the foregoing embodiments corresponding to FIG. 11 to FIG. 15.
另一种实现方式中,无论CSI上报配置信息(CSI-report-config)中是否添加下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数,终端自己进行选择复用情况。In another implementation manner, regardless of whether downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters are added to the CSI report configuration information (CSI-report-config), the terminal selects the multiplexing situation by itself.
在CSI与HARQ-ACK没有重叠时,所有的PUCCH都可以单独发送;When there is no overlap between CSI and HARQ-ACK, all PUCCHs can be sent separately;
当CSI与HARQ-ACK发生重叠时,终端可以选择各种复用方案。例如发送给第一网络设备的反馈是第一CSI和第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK,发送给第二网络设备的是第二CSI和第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK。When CSI and HARQ-ACK overlap, the terminal can choose various multiplexing schemes. For example, the feedback sent to the first network device is the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the first CSI and the first DCI, and the feedback sent to the second network device is the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second CSI and the second DCI.
具体实现中,按照如下方法执行:In specific implementation, it is performed as follows:
第一步:如果有多个CSI,终端首先确定第一CSI和第二CSI有无PUCCH资源的重叠;Step 1: If there are multiple CSIs, the terminal first determines whether the PUCCH resources of the first CSI and the second CSI overlap.
如果有,优先将第一CSI和第二CSI进行复用,然后将复用后的CSI按照优先级排序,找到第一优先级CSI;If yes, firstly multiplex the first CSI and the second CSI, and then sort the multiplexed CSI according to the priority to find the first priority CSI;
如果无,按优先级找到第一优先级CSI;If not, find the first priority CSI by priority;
如果只有一个CSI,则直接执行第二步;If there is only one CSI, perform the second step directly;
第二步:终端确定CSI和第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK(简称ACK1)和第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK(简称ACK2)之间的复用情况。如果三者之间都没有overlap,终端可以发送三个PUCCH,分别携带CSI、ACK1、ACK2。Step 2: The terminal determines the multiplexing situation between the CSI and the HARQ-ACK (referred to as ACK1) of the TB of the first DCI and the HARQ-ACK (referred to as ACK2) of the TB of the second DCI. If there is no overlap between the three, the terminal can send three PUCCHs, each carrying CSI, ACK1, and ACK2.
如果CSI与ACK1有overlap,与ACK2没有overlap,则终端可以发送2个PUCCH,一个PUCCH包含CSI+ACK1,一个PUCCH包含ACK2;If there is an overlap between CSI and ACK1 and no overlap with ACK2, the terminal can send 2 PUCCHs, one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK1, and one PUCCH contains ACK2;
同理,如果CSI与ACK2有overlap,与ACK1没有overlap,则终端可以发送2个PUCCH,一个PUCCH包含CSI+ACK2,一个PUCCH包含ACK1。Similarly, if there is an overlap between CSI and ACK2 and no overlap with ACK1, the terminal can send two PUCCHs, one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK2, and one PUCCH contains ACK1.
如果CSI与ACK1和ACK2同时都overlap,则终端的行为规定为发送两个PUCCH, 一个PUCCH包含CSI+ACK1,一个PUCCH包含CSI+ACK2;或者终端的行为规定为发送两个PUCCH,一个包含CSI+ACK1,一个PUCCH包含ACK2;或者终端的行为规定为发送两个PUCCH,一个包含ACK1,一个PUCCH包含CSI+ACK2。If CSI overlaps with ACK1 and ACK2 at the same time, the terminal's behavior is specified to send two PUCCHs, one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK1 and one PUCCH contains CSI + ACK2; or the terminal's behavior is specified to send two PUCCH, one containing CSI + ACK1, one PUCCH contains ACK2; or the behavior of the terminal is to send two PUCCHs, one containing ACK1 and one PUCCH containing CSI + ACK2.
对于第一网络设备而言,实际接收到的是两种可能性:For the first network device, two possibilities are actually received:
CSI和ACK1分别在对应PUCCH资源上;CSI and ACK1 are on the corresponding PUCCH resources;
CSI+ACK1复用,用确定传输ACK1的PUCCH资源的方法来确定传输CSI+ACK1的PUCCH资源。For CSI + ACK1 multiplexing, the method of determining the PUCCH resource for transmitting ACK1 is used to determine the PUCCH resource for transmitting CSI + ACK1.
在这种实现方式中,终端根据自己的选择进行对CSI和HARQ-ACK进行复用,网络设备则在对应的资源上进行多次检测。本申请所有实施例中的时隙只是一种时间单元的例子,本申请的时间单元,还可以是其他单位,例如迷你时隙,符号等等。In this implementation, the terminal multiplexes CSI and HARQ-ACK according to its own selection, and the network device performs multiple detections on the corresponding resources. The time slot in all embodiments of the present application is only an example of a time unit. The time unit of the present application may also be other units, such as mini time slots, symbols, and so on.
本申请前述所有的HARQ-ACK与CSI的复用的实施例,均可以用到HARQ-ACK与调度请求(SchedulingRequest,SR)的复用上。将上述所有的CSI上报配置信息(CSI-report-config)替换成调度请求资源配置(SchedulingRequestResourceConfig)即可得到HARQ-ACK与SR的复用方案,为简述起见,在此不在赘述,但是本领域技术人员可以根据前述公开的HARQ-ACK与CSI的复用,毫无疑义的推导得到HARQ-ACK与SR的复用,具体实现中,可以将下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数(例如CORESET id)设置在高层信元SchedulingRequestResourceConfig里。All the foregoing embodiments of multiplexing HARQ-ACK and CSI in this application can be used for multiplexing HARQ-ACK and Scheduling Request (SR). Replace all the above CSI report configuration information (CSI-report-config) with Scheduling Request Resource Configuration (SchedulingRequestResourceConfig) to get the multiplexing scheme of HARQ-ACK and SR. For the sake of brevity, we will not repeat them here, but this field The technicians can obtain the multiplexing of HARQ-ACK and SR without any derivation based on the multiplexing of HARQ-ACK and CSI disclosed above. In specific implementation, downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters (such as CORESET ID) can be obtained. Set in the high-level cell SchedulingRequestResourceConfig.
本申请前述所有的HARQ-ACK与CSI的复用的实施例,也可以用到HARQ-ACK与调度请求(SchedulingRequest,SR)以及CSI的复用上。将上述所有的CSI上报配置信息(CSI-report-config)和调度请求资源配置(SchedulingRequestResourceConfig)都增加一个下行控制配置信息或者下行控制参数(例如CORESET id),优先HARQ-ACK与SR的复用,再考虑复用后的结果与CSI的复用,或者优先HARQ-ACK与CSI的复用,再考虑复用后的结果与SR的复用,为简述起见,在此不在赘述。All the foregoing embodiments of multiplexing HARQ-ACK and CSI in this application can also be used for multiplexing HARQ-ACK and Scheduling Request (SR) and CSI. Adding all the above CSI reporting configuration information (CSI-report-config) and scheduling request resource configuration (SchedulingRequestResourceConfig) to a downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameter (such as CORESET id), giving priority to the multiplexing of HARQ-ACK and SR, Consider again the multiplexed result and CSI, or prioritize the reuse of HARQ-ACK and CSI, and then consider the multiplexed result and SR. For the sake of brevity, we will not repeat them here.
上述所有的HARQ-ACK不仅可以通过动态的DCI指示,还可以通过半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS),此时,DCI是指激活SPS的DCI。All of the above HARQ-ACKs can be indicated not only by dynamic DCI, but also by semi-persistent scheduling (SPS). At this time, DCI refers to DCI that activates SPS.
上述实施例中涉及的重叠(overlap)是指时间符号上重叠,也可以是频域上重叠,或者是时频资源上重叠。The overlap involved in the above embodiments refers to overlapping on time symbols, and may also be overlapping in the frequency domain, or overlapping in time-frequency resources.
可选的,上述实施例中涉及的HARQ-ACK可以是针对增强移动带宽(Enhanced Mobile Broadband,eMBB)的HARQ-ACK,可以根据DCI的无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier,RNTI)标识、DCI格式或者采用的调制和编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)表格等等来判断是否是针对eMBB的HARQ-ACK。Optionally, the HARQ-ACK involved in the above embodiment may be an HARQ-ACK for Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), which may be based on a DCI wireless network temporary identifier (RNTI) identifier, DCI Format or modulation and coding scheme (MCS) table used to determine whether it is HARQ-ACK for eMBB.
在本申请的另一实施例中,还提供一种可读存储介质,可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器调用可读存储介质中存储的计算机执行指令,实现图7或者图8或者图9或者图10所提供的信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中终端或者第一网络设备所执行的步骤。前述的 可读存储介质可包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In another embodiment of the present application, a readable storage medium is also provided. The readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions. When a device (which can be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, or the like) or a processor calls the readable storage medium, The stored computer executes instructions to implement the steps performed by the terminal or the first network device in the method for multiplexing the channel state information and the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation provided in FIG. 7 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 9 or FIG. 10. The aforementioned readable storage medium may include various media that can store program codes, such as a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory, a random access memory, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
在本申请的另一实施例中,还提供一种芯片,该芯片包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,可选的,所述芯片还可以包括存储器;所述存储器、所述接口电路和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,该至少一个存储器中存储有指令;所述指令被所述处理器执行时实现图7或者图8或者图9或者图10所提供的信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中终端或者第一网络设备所执行的步骤。In another embodiment of the present application, a chip is further provided. The chip includes at least one processor and an interface circuit. Optionally, the chip may further include a memory; the memory, the interface circuit, and the chip. At least one processor is interconnected through a line, and the at least one memory stores instructions; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the channel state information provided by FIG. 7 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 9 or FIG. Request to confirm the steps performed by the terminal or the first network device in the multiplexing method.
在本申请的另一实施例中,还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令,该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中;设备的至少一个处理器可从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令,实现图7或者图8或者图9或者图10所提供的信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法中终端或者第一网络设备所执行的步骤。In another embodiment of the present application, a computer program product is also provided. The computer program product includes computer-executable instructions stored in a computer-readable storage medium; at least one processor of the device may be The storage medium reads the computer execution instructions to implement the channel state information provided in FIG. 7 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 and the steps performed by the terminal or the first network device in the hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method. .
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质,(如软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(如DVD)、或者半导体介质(如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are wholly or partially generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, a computer, a server, or a data center Transmission via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes one or more available medium integration. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (Solid State Disk) (SSD)).
最后应说明的是:以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。Finally, it should be noted that the above are only specific implementations of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this. Any changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered in this application. Within the scope of the application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (65)

  1. 一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method is characterized in that it includes:
    终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
    所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;The terminal generates first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ- for the first CSI and a transport block TB for the first DCI. ACK; the first CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information;
    所述终端向第一网络设备发送所述第一UCI。Sending, by the terminal, the first UCI to a first network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the terminal generates the first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, the method further comprises:
    所述终端接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。The terminal receives the second DCI and the first DCI, wherein a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the first DCI is the same as a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the second DCI.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein after the terminal receives the second DCI and the first DCI, the method further comprises:
    所述终端生成第二UCI,其中,所述第二UCI包括针对所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK;Generating, by the terminal, a second UCI, where the second UCI includes a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the second DCI;
    所述终端向所述第二网络设备发送所述第二UCI。Sending, by the terminal, the second UCI to the second network device.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; and the first DCI is a place where the first identifier is The DCI carried on the identified PDCCH.
  5. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; and the first DCI is the identifier identified by the second identifier DCI carried on the CORESET group.
  6. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is an SS identified by the third identifier DCI carried on a group; wherein the SS group includes one or more search space SS.
  7. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, and the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first A DCI is a DCI containing a DMRS port belonging to a DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
  8. 一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method is characterized in that it includes:
    终端接收第一网络设备发送的第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;The terminal receives third downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
    所述终端确定所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI;Determining, by the terminal, the second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs;
    所述终端生成第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第二CSI和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。The terminal generates third uplink control information UCI, where the third UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the second CSI and a transport block TB for the third DCI.
  9. 一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method is characterized in that it includes:
    终端接收第一网络设备发送的主下行控制信息DCI;Receiving, by the terminal, the primary downlink control information DCI sent by the first network device;
    所述终端根据预配置信息生成第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一个UCI中发送;The terminal generates fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the third channel state information CSI and the transport block TB for the primary DCI; The pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI;
    所述终端向所述第一网络设备发送所述第五UCI。Sending, by the terminal, the fifth UCI to the first network device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 9, further comprising:
    所述终端接收所述主DCI的辅DCI,其中,所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。Receiving, by the terminal, a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, wherein a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI is the same as a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and The HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of one of the plurality of primary DCIs is described.
  12. 一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method is characterized in that it includes:
    第一网络设备向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;The first network device sends channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
    所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。Receiving, by the first network device, first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a mixture of a first CSI and a transmission block TB for the first DCI The automatic retransmission request confirms HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is measured and obtained according to the CSI report configuration information.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein before the first network device receives the first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备向所述终端发送所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。Sending, by the first network device, the first DCI to the terminal, where a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of a TB of the first DCI and a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of a TB of the second DCI the same.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第 一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; and the first DCI is a PDCCH identified by the first identifier. Bearer on the DCI.
  15. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is on a CORESET group identified by the second identifier Bearer DCI.
  16. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; and the first DCI is carried on the SS group identified by the third identifier. DCI; wherein the SS group includes one or more search spaces SS.
  17. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI is The included DMRS port belongs to the DCI of the DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
  18. 一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method is characterized in that it includes:
    第一网络设备向终端发送第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;The first network device sends third downlink control information DCI to the terminal, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
    第一网络设备接收终端发送的第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI,和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。The first network device receives the third uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal, where the third UCI includes second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs, and the third DCI The hybrid automatic retransmission request of the transport block TB of the request confirms HARQ-ACK.
  19. 一种信道状态信息与混合式自动重传请求确认复用方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel state information and hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation multiplexing method is characterized in that it includes:
    第一网络设备向终端发送主下行控制信息DCI;The first network device sends primary downlink control information DCI to the terminal;
    所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一UCI中发送。Receiving, by the first network device, fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission of third channel state information CSI and a transmission block TB for the primary DCI Requesting confirmation of HARQ-ACK; the pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网络设备接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein after the first network device receives the fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to pre-configured information, the method further comprises:
    所述第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送所述第五UCI中的所述第三CSI,其中,所述第二网络设备发送的DCI为所述主DCI的辅DCI,所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。Sending, by the first network device, the third CSI in the fifth UCI to a second network device, wherein the DCI sent by the second network device is a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, and the primary DCI The reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB is the same as the reporting time slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be sent in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and The HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of one of the plurality of primary DCIs is described.
  22. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;A receiving unit, configured to receive channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, where the CSI reporting configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
    处理单元,用于根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;A processing unit, configured to generate first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information, wherein the first UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation for the first CSI and a transport block TB for the first DCI HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information;
    发送单元,用于向第一网络设备发送所述第一UCI。A sending unit, configured to send the first UCI to a first network device.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的终端,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于在所述处理器根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成第一上行控制信息UCI之前,接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。The terminal according to claim 22, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive the second DCI and the first DCI before the processor generates the first uplink control information UCI according to the CSI report configuration information. A DCI, in which a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the first DCI is the same as a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the second DCI.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的终端,其特征在于:The terminal according to claim 23, wherein:
    所述处理单元,还用于在所述接收单元接收第二DCI和所述第一DCI之后,生成第二UCI,其中,所述第二UCI包括针对所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK;The processing unit is further configured to generate a second UCI after the receiving unit receives the second DCI and the first DCI, wherein the second UCI includes a HARQ-ACK for a TB of the second DCI ;
    所述发送单元,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述第二UCI。The sending unit is further configured to send the second UCI to the second network device.
  25. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。The terminal according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration information; the first DCI is a place where the first identifier is The DCI carried on the identified PDCCH.
  26. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。The terminal according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is an identifier identified by the second identifier DCI carried on the CORESET group.
  27. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。The terminal according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is an SS identified by the third identifier DCI carried on a group; wherein the SS group includes one or more search space SS.
  28. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。The terminal according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, and the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first A DCI is a DCI containing a DMRS port belonging to a DMRS group identified by the fourth identifier.
  29. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一网络设备发送的第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;A receiving unit, configured to receive third downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device, wherein the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
    处理单元,用于确定所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI;A processing unit, configured to determine the second channel state information CSI to which the reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs;
    所述处理单元,还用于生成第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第二CSI和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。The processing unit is further configured to generate a third uplink control information UCI, where the third UCI includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ- for the hybrid CSI of the second CSI and a transport block TB for the third DCI ACK.
  30. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一网络设备发送的主下行控制信息DCI;A receiving unit, configured to receive primary downlink control information DCI sent by a first network device;
    处理单元,用于根据预配置信息生成第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一个UCI中发送;A processing unit, configured to generate fifth uplink control information UCI according to the pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes third channel state information CSI and a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for the transmission block TB of the main DCI The pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI;
    发送单元,用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述第五UCI。A sending unit, configured to send the fifth UCI to the first network device.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的终端,其特征在于:The terminal according to claim 30, wherein:
    所述接收单元,还用于接收所述主DCI的辅DCI,其中,所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。The receiving unit is further configured to receive a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, wherein a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI is the same as a reporting slot of the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the secondary DCI.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的终端,其特征在于,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。The terminal according to claim 30 or 31, wherein when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be transmitted in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI and The HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of one of the plurality of primary DCIs is described.
  33. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数;A sending unit, configured to send channel state information CSI reporting configuration information to the terminal, where the CSI reporting configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the first downlink control information DCI;
    接收单元,用于接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第一UCI包括第一CSI和针对所述第一DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述第一CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。A receiving unit, configured to receive first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, where the first UCI includes a hybrid of a first CSI and a transmission block TB for the first DCI The automatic retransmission request confirms HARQ-ACK; the first CSI is obtained by measurement according to the CSI report configuration information.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于在所述接收单元接收所述终端根据所述CSI上报配置信息生成的第一上行控制信息UCI之前,向所述终端发送所述第一DCI,其中,所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述第二DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。The network device according to claim 33, wherein the sending unit is further configured to: before the receiving unit receives the first uplink control information UCI generated by the terminal according to the CSI report configuration information, The terminal sends the first DCI, wherein a reporting slot of a HARQ-ACK of a TB of the first DCI is the same as a reporting slot of a HARQ-ACK of the TB of the second DCI.
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括物理下行控制信道PDCCH配置信息的第一标识;所述第一DCI为所述第一标识所标识的PDCCH上承载的DCI。The network device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a first identifier of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) configuration information; and the first DCI is an identifier identified by the first identifier DCI carried on the PDCCH.
  36. 根据权利要求33或34所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET组的第二标识;所述第一DCI为所述第二标识所标识的CORESET组上承载的DCI。The network device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a second identifier of a control resource set CORESET group; the first DCI is a CORESET group identified by the second identifier Bearer on the DCI.
  37. 根据权利要求33或34所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括搜索空间SS组的第三标识;所述第一DCI为所述第三标识所标识的SS组上承载的DCI;其中,所述SS组包括一个或者多个搜索空间SS。The network device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a third identifier of a search space SS group; the first DCI is on the SS group identified by the third identifier Bearer DCI; wherein the SS group includes one or more search space SS.
  38. 根据权利要求33或34所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制参数包括解调参考信号DMRS组的第四标识,所述DMRS组包括一个或者多个DMRS端口,所述第一DCI为包含的DMRS端口属于所述第四标识所标识的DMRS组的DCI。The network device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the downlink control parameter includes a fourth identifier of a demodulation reference signal DMRS group, the DMRS group includes one or more DMRS ports, and the first DCI Is the DCI that the included DMRS port belongs to the DMRS group identified by the fourth identity.
  39. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向终端发送第三下行控制信息DCI,其中,所述第三DCI包括传输配置指示TCI,所述TCI包括第五标识,所述第五标识用于标识参考信号端口;A sending unit, configured to send third downlink control information DCI to the terminal, where the third DCI includes a transmission configuration indication TCI, the TCI includes a fifth identifier, and the fifth identifier is used to identify a reference signal port;
    接收单元,用于接收终端发送的第三上行控制信息UCI,其中,所述第三UCI包括所述第五标识所标识的参考信号端口所属的第二信道状态信息CSI,和针对所述第三DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK。A receiving unit, configured to receive third uplink control information UCI sent by a terminal, where the third UCI includes second channel state information CSI to which a reference signal port identified by the fifth identifier belongs, and The hybrid automatic retransmission request of the DCI transport block TB requests confirmation of HARQ-ACK.
  40. 一种第一网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A first network device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向终端发送主下行控制信息DCI;A sending unit, configured to send primary downlink control information DCI to the terminal;
    接收单元,用于接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI,所述第五UCI包括第三信道状态信息CSI和针对所述主DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;所述预配置信息定义了所述第三CSI与所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK在同一UCI中发送。A receiving unit, configured to receive fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to pre-configured information, where the fifth UCI includes hybrid automatic retransmission of third channel state information CSI and a transmission block TB for the primary DCI Request confirmation of HARQ-ACK; the pre-configuration information defines that the third CSI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the primary DCI are sent in the same UCI.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的第一网络设备,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于在所述接收单元接收所述终端根据预配置信息发送的第五上行控制信息UCI之后,向第二网络设备发送所述第五UCI中的所述第三CSI,其中,所述第二网络设备发送的DCI为所述主DCI的辅DCI,所述主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙与所述辅DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的上报时隙相同。The first network device according to claim 40, wherein the sending unit is further configured to, after the receiving unit receives the fifth uplink control information UCI sent by the terminal according to the pre-configured information, send the second uplink control information UCI to the second A network device sends the third CSI in the fifth UCI, wherein the DCI sent by the second network device is a secondary DCI of the primary DCI, and a HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the primary DCI It is the same as the HARQ-ACK reporting slot of the TB of the secondary DCI.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的第一网络设备,其特征在于,当多个主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK被配置在同一个时隙发送时,所述第五UCI包括所述第三CSI和针对所述多个主DCI中的一个主DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK。The first network device according to claim 40 or 41, wherein when the HARQ-ACKs of the TBs of multiple primary DCIs are configured to be transmitted in the same time slot, the fifth UCI includes the third CSI And HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB of one of the plurality of primary DCIs.
  43. 如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求22至28中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述终端向第一网络设备发送所述第一UCI,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, or the terminal according to any one of claims 22 to 28, wherein the terminal sends the first UCI to a first network device, including: :
    所述终端从被配置的用于传输第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第一UCI。The terminal selects a PUCCH resource from a set of physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources of a HARQ-ACK configured for transmitting a first DCI TB, and sends the first UCI.
  44. 如权利要求8所述的方法或权利要求29所述的终端,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8 or the terminal according to claim 29, wherein:
    所述终端向第一网络设备发送所述第三UCI,所述终端从被配置的用于传输第三DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第三UCI。The terminal sends the third UCI to the first network device, and the terminal selects one PUCCH resource from a set of physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources of a HARQ-ACK configured for transmitting a third DCI TB, and sends the PUCCH resource. The third UCI is described.
  45. 如权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求30至32中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述终端从被配置的用于传输主DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源,发送所述第五UCI。The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, or the terminal according to any one of claims 30 to 32, wherein the terminal is configured from a HARQ of a TB configured to transmit a primary DCI -Select one PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set of the physical uplink control channel of the ACK, and send the fifth UCI.
  46. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求12-17所述的方法,或权利要求22至28中任一项所述的终端,或权利要求33-38中任一项所述的网络设备,或权利要求43所述的方法或终端,其特征在于,与所述第一CSI复用的所述第一DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,为所述第一DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK与其他DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK合并后的HARQ-ACK,所述其他DCI与所述第一DCI对应相同的下行控制配置信息或下行控制参数。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, or the method according to any of claims 12 to 17, or the terminal according to any one of claims 22 to 28, or any one of claims 33 to 38 The network device according to the item, or the method or terminal according to claim 43, wherein the HARQ-ACK of the first DCI transmission block TB multiplexed with the first CSI is the first The HARQ-ACK of the TB of the DCI and the HARQ-ACK of the TB of the other DCI are combined, and the other DCI and the first DCI correspond to the same downlink control configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  47. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求12-17所述的方法,或权利要求22至28中任一项所述的终端,或权利要求33-38中任一项所述的网络设备,或权利要求43所述的方法或终端,或权利要求46所述的方法或终端或网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一CSI为所述第一DCI的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数对应的多个CSI中优先级最高的CSI。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, or the method according to any of claims 12 to 17, or the terminal according to any one of claims 22 to 28, or any one of claims 33 to 38 The network device according to the item, or the method or terminal according to claim 43, or the method or terminal or network device according to claim 46, wherein the first CSI is downlink control of the first DCI The information configuration information or the CSI with the highest priority among multiple CSIs corresponding to the downlink control parameters.
  48. 如权利要求47所述的方法或终端或网络设备,其特征在于,所述多个CSI中的至少一个CSI为进行CSI复用后的CSI。The method or terminal or network device according to claim 47, wherein at least one of the plurality of CSIs is CSI after CSI multiplexing.
  49. 一种上行控制信息发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending uplink control information, comprising:
    终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
    所述终端发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK;其中,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; wherein the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; PUCCH resources of the ninth CSI and PUCCH resources of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI do not overlap.
  50. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, comprising:
    收发器,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
    所述收发器,还用于发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK;其中,所述第九CSI根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI 的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。The transceiver is further configured to send a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carrying the ninth CSI, and the tenth UCI carrying a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; wherein The ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information; the PUCCH resources of the ninth CSI and the PUCCH resources of the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI do not overlap.
  51. 一种上行控制信息的接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving uplink control information, comprising:
    向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Sending the channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
    在第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,其中,所述第九CSI根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到,所述第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。Receive a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI, where the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information, and the ninth CSI PUCCH resource and the HARQ- The PUCCH resources of the ACK do not overlap.
  52. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    收发器,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for sending channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to a downlink control parameter ;
    所述收发器,还用于在第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI;其中,其中,所述第九CSI根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到,所述第九CSI的PUCCH资源与第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源不重叠。The transceiver is further configured to receive a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI; wherein the ninth CSI is measured and obtained according to the CSI report configuration information, and the ninth CSI PUCCH resource and The PUCCH resources of the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB do not overlap.
  53. 一种上行控制信息发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending uplink control information, comprising:
    终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
    所述终端丢弃第九CSI,发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK;其中,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠。The terminal discards the ninth CSI, and sends a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; wherein the ninth CSI is measured and obtained according to the CSI report configuration information The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI.
  54. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, comprising:
    收发器,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠A transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ; PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI
    处理器,用于丢弃第九CSI,所述收发器,还用于发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK;其中,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;所述传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠。A processor, configured to discard the ninth CSI, and the transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries the HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB; wherein the ninth CSI It is measured and obtained according to the CSI report configuration information; the PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI and the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI overlap.
  55. 一种上行控制信息接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving uplink control information, comprising:
    向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动 重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠;Send channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal. The CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter. The PUCCH resource of the nine CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource of the HARQ-ACK transmitting the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
    在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收CSI。Receiving CSI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI.
  56. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    收发器,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;传输第九CSI的PUCCH资源与传输第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源重叠;A transceiver for sending channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to a downlink control parameter ; The PUCCH resource transmitting the ninth CSI overlaps with the PUCCH resource transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the transport block TB of the tenth DCI;
    所述收发器在所述第九CSI对应的PUCCH资源上接收CSI。The transceiver receives CSI on a PUCCH resource corresponding to the ninth CSI.
  57. 一种上行控制信息发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending uplink control information, comprising:
    终端接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;The terminal receives channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameters do not correspond to DCI.
    所述终端发送第九UCI和第十UCI,所述第九UCI携带第九CSI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK;所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的;The terminal sends a ninth UCI and a tenth UCI, the ninth UCI carries a ninth CSI, and the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transport block TB; the ninth CSI is based on The measurement information reported by the CSI report is described.
    其中,所述第九UCI承载在所述终端从被配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源上。The ninth UCI is carried on a PUCCH resource selected by the terminal from a PUCCH resource set of a HARQ-ACK configured for transmitting a ninth DCI TB.
  58. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, comprising:
    收发器,用于接收信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for receiving channel state information CSI reporting configuration information, the CSI reporting configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request confirmation HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to the downlink control parameter ;
    处理器,用于从被配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;A processor, configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a TB of a ninth DCI;
    所述收发器,还用于发送第十UCI,所述第十UCI携带所述第十DCI的传输块TB的HARQ-ACK,并在所述处理器选择的PUCCH资源上发送第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带所述第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。The transceiver is further configured to send a tenth UCI, where the tenth UCI carries a HARQ-ACK of the tenth DCI transmission block TB, and sends a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, so The ninth UCI carries the ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information.
  59. 一种上行控制信息的接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving uplink control information, comprising:
    向终端发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;Sending the channel state information CSI report configuration information to the terminal, the CSI report configuration information including downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB whose downlink control parameter does not correspond to DCI;
    从给所述终端配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;One PUCCH resource selected from a PUCCH resource set configured for the terminal to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a TB of a ninth DCI;
    在所述选择的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。Receiving a ninth UCI on the selected PUCCH resource, where the ninth UCI carries a ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information.
  60. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    收发器,用于发送信道状态信息CSI上报配置信息,所述CSI上报配置信息包括的下行控制信息配置信息或者下行控制参数没有对应的DCI的传输块TB的混合式自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK;A transceiver for sending channel state information CSI report configuration information, and the CSI report configuration information includes downlink control information configuration information or a hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK for a transport block TB that does not have a DCI corresponding to a downlink control parameter ;
    处理器,用于从给终端配置的用于传输第九DCI的TB的HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源集合中选择出的一个PUCCH资源;A processor, configured to select a PUCCH resource from a PUCCH resource set configured for a terminal to transmit a HARQ-ACK of a ninth DCI TB;
    所述收发器,用于在所述处理器选择的PUCCH资源上接收第九UCI,所述第九UCI携带第九CSI,所述第九CSI是根据所述CSI上报配置信息测量得到的。The transceiver is configured to receive a ninth UCI on a PUCCH resource selected by the processor, the ninth UCI carries a ninth CSI, and the ninth CSI is measured according to the CSI report configuration information.
  61. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,或权利要求12或13所述的方法,或权利要求43所述的方法或终端,或权利要求22-24任一项所述的终端,或权利要求33或34所述的网络设备,或权利要求49-60中任一项所述的方法或终端或网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括控制资源集CORESET的第七标识;所述第一DCI为所述第七标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, or the method according to claim 12 or 13, or the method or terminal according to claim 43, or the terminal according to any of claims 22-24, The network device according to claim 33 or 34, or the method or terminal or network device according to any one of claims 49 to 60, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes a first control resource set CORESET. Seven identifiers; the first DCI is the DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the seventh identifier.
  62. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,或权利要求12或13所述的方法,或权利要求43所述的方法或终端,或权利要求22-24任一项所述的终端,或权利要求33或34所述的网络设备,或权利要求49-60中任一项所述的方法或终端或网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息配置信息包括第八标识,所述第八标识是CORESET上的扰码;所述第一DCI为所述第八标识所标识的CORESET上承载的DCI。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, or the method according to claim 12 or 13, or the method or terminal according to claim 43, or the terminal according to any of claims 22-24, The network device according to claim 33 or 34, or the method or terminal or network device according to any one of claims 49 to 60, wherein the downlink control information configuration information includes an eighth identifier, and the The eighth identifier is a scrambling code on the CORESET; the first DCI is a DCI carried on the CORESET identified by the eighth identifier.
  63. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求1-11,或43-49或53或57或61~62任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it is used for storing a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes claims 1-11, or 43-49 or 53 or 57 or 61 The method according to any one of -62.
  64. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求12-21,或46-48或51或55或59或61~62中任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it is used for storing a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute claims 12-21, or 46-48 or 51 or 55 or 59 Or the method according to any one of 61 to 62.
  65. 一种计算机产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求12-21,或46-48或51或55或59或61~62中任一所述的方法。A computer product, characterized in that when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of claims 12-21, or 46-48 or 51 or 55 or 59 or 61 to 62 The method described.
PCT/CN2019/093541 2018-06-29 2019-06-28 Multiplexing method and device for channel state information and hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment WO2020001584A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810713166.6 2018-06-29
CN201810713166 2018-06-29
CN201910253497.0A CN110661594B (en) 2018-06-29 2019-03-29 Multiplexing method and equipment for channel state information and hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement
CN201910253497.0 2019-03-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020001584A1 true WO2020001584A1 (en) 2020-01-02

Family

ID=68985529

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/093541 WO2020001584A1 (en) 2018-06-29 2019-06-28 Multiplexing method and device for channel state information and hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020001584A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102291223A (en) * 2011-08-05 2011-12-21 电信科学技术研究院 Channel state information feedback indication and feedback method and device
CN106257856A (en) * 2015-06-19 2016-12-28 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 A kind of method of transmitting uplink control information

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102291223A (en) * 2011-08-05 2011-12-21 电信科学技术研究院 Channel state information feedback indication and feedback method and device
CN106257856A (en) * 2015-06-19 2016-12-28 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 A kind of method of transmitting uplink control information

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "Multi-TRP and Multi-panel Transmission", R1-1716345, 3GPP TSG-RAN WGI NR AD HOC #3, vol. RAN WG1, 12 September 2017 (2017-09-12), Nagoya, Japan, pages 1 - 8, XP051329934 *
HUAWEI ET AL.: "DL Multi-TRP/Panel/Beam Operation in R15", R1-1719814, 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #91, 17 November 2017 (2017-11-17), Reno, USA, pages 1 - 3, XP051369192 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11258560B2 (en) Physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) transmission and reception with multiple transmission points
CN110661594B (en) Multiplexing method and equipment for channel state information and hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement
JP2021508205A (en) Data transmission methods and devices, computer storage media
US20220053521A1 (en) User equipment and communication apparatus
JP2020523894A (en) Reference signal transmitting method, reference signal receiving method, and communication device
CN111049626B (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
US11863489B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving multiple data in wireless cooperative communication system
WO2019136723A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method, and related devices
TW201342829A (en) Physical layer feedback for in-device coexistence interference mitigation
JP2023154039A (en) Communication method, transmission device, network device, and program
US20220070847A1 (en) User equipment and feedback information transmission method
AU2018440564A1 (en) Method for transmitting configuration information and terminal device
US11902026B2 (en) Sidelink transmitting apparatus, receiving apparatus and communication methods
EP3979678A1 (en) Terminal and communication method
CN115136646A (en) Data transmission method, device and equipment
WO2019138524A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2019016953A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
EP4142413A1 (en) Sidelink feedback method and terminal device
CN113490278B (en) Method and device for transmitting downlink signal
WO2019138555A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
US20220038217A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method
AU2017430542B2 (en) Signal transmission method, related device and system
CN109152051B (en) Method and device for sending and receiving data
WO2013139259A1 (en) Coding transmission method and system in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) access system
US20200374885A1 (en) Data Transmission Method and Device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19827253

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19827253

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1